WO2017082316A1 - Chair - Google Patents

Chair Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017082316A1
WO2017082316A1 PCT/JP2016/083284 JP2016083284W WO2017082316A1 WO 2017082316 A1 WO2017082316 A1 WO 2017082316A1 JP 2016083284 W JP2016083284 W JP 2016083284W WO 2017082316 A1 WO2017082316 A1 WO 2017082316A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seat
center
backrest
cushion material
outer shell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/083284
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
光平 和田
橋本 実
昌史 長谷川
アーミン ザンダー
マーティン ポトリュコス
ハーマン ボック
Original Assignee
株式会社イトーキ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社イトーキ filed Critical 株式会社イトーキ
Publication of WO2017082316A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017082316A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47CCHAIRS; SOFAS; BEDS
    • A47C3/00Chairs characterised by structural features; Chairs or stools with rotatable or vertically-adjustable seats
    • A47C3/02Rocking chairs
    • A47C3/025Rocking chairs with seat, or seat and back-rest unit elastically or pivotally mounted in a rigid base frame
    • A47C3/026Rocking chairs with seat, or seat and back-rest unit elastically or pivotally mounted in a rigid base frame with central column, e.g. rocking office chairs; Tilting chairs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47CCHAIRS; SOFAS; BEDS
    • A47C7/00Parts, details, or accessories of chairs or stools
    • A47C7/36Support for the head or the back
    • A47C7/40Support for the head or the back for the back

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a chair.
  • the backrest is generally loosely dented on the front surface (body pressure support surface) according to the human body.
  • the backrest remains in a preset shape, whether it is in a neutral state where the user's body is not hit or in a rocking state where the user's body pressure is tilted backward. In most cases, the shape itself remains constant.
  • the backrest is divided into a center area and a left and right side area in the left-right direction, and the center area and the side area Are divided into upper, middle, and lower three-stage elements, and therefore the backrest is composed of nine elements (parts) as a whole. Adjacent elements are connected via hinges so that they can rotate relative to each other.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 by setting each element to a trapezoidal or inverted trapezoidal shape (or a triangle or an inverted triangle), adjacent elements are made continuous. As a result, nine elements are obtained. A single backrest is constructed in combination.
  • the front surface of the center area and the front surface of the side area are arranged in a bending posture so that the depression angle is an obtuse angle in plan view, thereby ensuring a body wrapping function (fit function).
  • the middle element and the lower element are set in a posture that forms a convex convex chevron shape.
  • the lumbar support part which supports a user's lumbar part is comprised by the middle stage element and lower stage element of the center area.
  • the middle element and the upper element are bent at an obtuse angle close to a straight line so as to be concave forward (to be convex backward).
  • the shape of the backrest (three-dimensional shape) changes following the change in the posture of the user, and therefore the body is supported in a suitable state in both the working state and the locking state. You can do it.
  • the main purpose of the present invention is to suitably develop the inventions presented in Patent Documents 1 and 2. That is, the main purpose is to improve the functions realized in Patent Documents 1 and 2.
  • the present application discloses many improved configurations for each part of the chair, but these improved configurations can be the subject of patents as independent inventions that can be applied to various chairs. is there.
  • the present invention has various configurations. That is, the present application is composed of a number of inventions below the first invention.
  • a lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on both the left and right sides of the center area, the side area being relative to the center area And can be bent in the longitudinal direction.
  • a state in which the seater's load is not applied to the backrest at all is a neutral state, In the working state where only the lumbar part of the seated person hits the center area, the left and right side areas bend in the direction of wrapping the seated person from the neutral, When the seat occupant puts his back against the center area and the backrest locks, the left and right side areas bend in a direction away from the seat occupant based on the neutral state. It is set to make a movement.
  • the chair of the second invention is a development example of the first invention.
  • the center area has a middle center element located above the waist of the seated person and a lower center element located below the middle center element.
  • the middle center element and the lower center element thus, a mountain-shaped configuration is formed toward the waist of the seated person, and the middle center element and the lower center element are relatively rotatable so that the depression angle changes.
  • '' It has a basic configuration.
  • the side center element and the lower center element are pushed by the waist of the seated person, and the depression angle formed by the two is increased.
  • the area is set to bend in the direction of wrapping the seated person.
  • the third invention is also a development example of the first invention, and under the same premise configuration as the second invention, in a locking state, in conjunction with a decrease in the included angle between the middle center element and the lower center element,
  • the side area is configured to spread and deform in a direction away from the seated person.
  • the fourth invention is structurally characterized by the second or third invention. That is, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the backrest is first connected to a back column so that the backrest can be rotated in the front-rear direction with a portion positioned above the waist of the seated person as a rotation fulcrum. An elastic body that is elastically deformed by a change in the relative angle between the backrest and the back column is disposed between the portion below the pivot point and the back column.
  • the neutral state of the backrest is maintained by being in a reference state in which the elastic body is hardly or not deformed in the neutral state.
  • the elastic body is deformed in one direction from the reference state, and the included angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element is increased, and each side is interlocked with this. While the area bends to reduce the included angle with the center element, If the body pressure of the seated person is strongly applied to the portion above the pivot point in the locked state, the elastic body is deformed in the other direction from the reference state, and the middle center element and the lower center element are formed. The depression angle is decreased, and the side areas are bent so as to increase the depression angle with the center element.
  • the fifth invention is a development example of the second or third invention, and in this invention, the deformation of the elastic body includes a deformation in which expansion and contraction deformation and bending deformation are combined. In addition to or instead of claim 5, twisting deformation may be included.
  • the sixth invention is an invention independent of the first invention.
  • the chair of this sixth invention is The lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area, While the center area is composed of a plurality of center elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view,
  • the side area is composed of a plurality of side elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements of the center area, and each element of the side area is in relation to the center area.
  • each element adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are also connected to bendable, When the backrest is locked by the seated person's backrest, each element in the side area bends away from the seated person so as to widen the depression angle with the element in the center area.
  • the seventh invention is a preferred development of the first or sixth invention. That is, in this invention, in the first or sixth invention, the center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element, By arranging the middle center element and the lower center element in a forward convex posture in a side view, a protrusion that supports the lumbar portion of the seated person is formed, The middle-stage center element and the lower-stage center element can be bent relatively, and the middle-stage center element is held so as not to be bent with respect to the upper-stage center element.
  • the eighth invention is independent of the first and sixth inventions.
  • the backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area, While the center area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction with a bent posture in side view,
  • the side area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements in the center area, and each element in the side area is bent with respect to the center area.
  • each element of the side area has a configuration in which the posture changes in the direction of wrapping the seated person, or the posture changes in the direction away from the seated person,
  • the plurality of elements constituting the center area at least two elements that are located above the waist of the seated person and are adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are non-bent elements that do not bend relatively.
  • the element is connected to the non-bending element so that it can be bent.
  • a ninth invention is the eighth invention,
  • the center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element,
  • a lumbar support part that supports the lumbar part of the seating is formed by connecting the middle element and the lower element of the center area to a forwardly convex posture in a side view,
  • the middle element and the lower element in the center area are bendable, and the middle element and the upper element are continuous so as not to bend.
  • the tenth invention is the first invention, the sixth invention, the eighth invention,
  • the backrest includes a cushion material that extends over the entire surface of the backrest. A boundary portion between adjacent elements of the cushion material is partitioned by a groove, and the surface of each element is flat.
  • the eleventh aspect of the invention embodies the tenth aspect of the invention.
  • the seat has a seat cushion material that extends over the entire upper surface, and the cushion material is formed with a plurality of grooves that divide the cushion material into a plurality of elements in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.
  • ,And The pattern of the element in the back cushion material and the element in the seat cushion material are in a form close to symmetry.
  • the twelfth invention is also a development example of the tenth invention, and in this invention, A skin material is stretched on the surface of the back cushion material, and by fixing the skin material integrally to the back cushion material by insert molding, the skin material enters the inside of the groove and is stretched as a whole. Bonded to back cushion material.
  • the invention of claim 13 is also a development example of the tenth invention.
  • the backrest includes a back outer shell constituting the back surface and a back cushion material constituting the front surface, and a groove is formed on the back surface of the back outer shell symmetrically with the groove of the back cushion material. ing.
  • the 14th invention is also a development example of the 10th invention.
  • the groove has a substantially V-shaped, substantially U-shaped or substantially trapezoidal cross-section in which the distance between the bottoms is narrower than the distance between the opening edges, and the depth dimension is about half the thickness dimension of the back cushion material. Is set to
  • the function required of the chair differs depending on the use mode of the chair. For example, when working at a desk, such as operating a personal computer, a function that holds the upper body in an upright position is required from the viewpoint of reducing the burden on the body.
  • the side area is deformed so as to hold the upper body of the seated person from the left and right, the stability of the body can be enhanced.
  • the seated person's lower back can be supported from the left and right directions, so the physical burden for holding the body from falling to the left and right can be reduced. As a result, the burden on the user's body can be remarkably reduced even when the working state is continued for a long time.
  • the side area can be prevented from touching and touching the side area immediately if it is tilted to the left or right Is retained. Therefore, the value of the present invention is not reduced because the physique is small.
  • the difference in physique to some extent is the amount of rotation of the side area It can be said that it is realistic to absorb it.
  • the side area is expanded and deformed when rocking, and the backrest tends to be in a flat direction, so that the freedom of the upper body is increased and the comfort can be enhanced.
  • the mode of deformation of the backrest differs depending on the mode of use of the chair, and the function desired by the user can be provided. Therefore, the chair can be made excellent in the feeling of use.
  • the seated person's waist is supported by the convex portion formed of the middle center element and the lower center element, so that the effect of the first invention can be promoted and suitable. It is.
  • the backrest can be changed to a suitable form in each of the working state and the locking state by changing the angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element. Therefore, a simple structure can be used as a chair with excellent usability.
  • the structure can be simplified because the side area can be expanded and deformed by using the rotation of the backrest. This is a great advantage.
  • the backrest can be held in the neutral state while allowing the elastic body to be deformed in two directions with the reference state sandwiched between the working state and the locking state. Therefore, it is possible to easily change the backrest into three states with a simple structure.
  • the posture (tilt) of the backrest when the posture (tilt) of the backrest is controlled using the expansion and contraction and bending of the elastic body, the sag of the elastic body can be suppressed and the durability can be improved.
  • the elastic body since it is often easy to bend even with a relatively hard elastic body, even if the relative rotation angle between the backrest and the back column is large, the elastic body can be firmly followed and deformed. Therefore, the posture control function of the backrest is excellent.
  • the sixth invention is the one obtained by extracting the movement at the time of locking of the first invention, and it is possible to improve the comfort by improving the freedom of the body as described above. It is.
  • the center area and the side area can be divided into two upper and lower tiers, for example. In the case where the height of the backrest is small, such a division mode may be used. On the other hand, if the backrest is a high-back specification that hits the shoulder, for example, as in the seventh invention, the center area and the side area are divided into three stages, and the movement of the side area is smoothed. The support function can be improved.
  • the center area is configured in three stages, and the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction can be rotated relative to each other.
  • the fit to the body is high, but the stability of the body may be reduced.
  • the stability of the body can be improved by adopting a configuration in which the plurality of elements constituting the center area are not bent.
  • the center area as a whole is allowed to change its side view posture, and has high body stability. There is an advantage that can be secured.
  • the backrest when the backrest is deformed excessively, for example, when the body is twisted to the left or right, the backrest is also deformed too much, so to speak, the body tends to be twisted excessively, so that the burden on the body is increased.
  • the middle center element and the upper center element have a rigid structure as in the ninth aspect of the invention, the body can be twisted without burden. Even if the body bends excessively backwards, the head may tilt too much and strain on the neck, or the abdominal muscles must be used to return to the original position. In the invention, it is possible to prevent the body from bending excessively backward. Also in this aspect, it has an excellent body comfort keeping function.
  • the groove has a cosmetic effect, but in the present invention, since the groove portion of the cushion material becomes a thinned hinge part, the ease of changing the shape of the body support and the cosmetic effect are improved. There are advantages that can be achieved at once.
  • the groove has a cosmetic effect, but since this cosmetic effect is not necessarily integral with the hinge function, the feature of the tenth invention can be applied to a backrest or a seat where adjacent elements are not bent. That is, the tenth invention can be an independent invention as such.
  • the backrest pattern and the seat pattern are unified in design, so that the high aesthetic effect of attracting people as a whole chair can be further improved.
  • the skin material is usually stretched on the surface of the cushion material, when the structure of the twelfth invention is adopted, the skin material can be bonded to the cushion material in a state of being in the groove and being stretched. Therefore, the effect of improving the design can be ensured. Further, since the surface area of the cushion material is increased due to the presence of the groove, there is also a technical effect that the adhesive strength of the skin material can be improved.
  • the cosmetic effect can be enhanced and the product value can be further improved.
  • the pattern formed by the groove can be arbitrarily set.
  • the groove may be directly, and thus there is an advantage that the mold for molding the cushion material can be easily processed.
  • the groove is in a state where the eyes are open, so that the visibility is high and the eye-catching cosmetic effect is excellent.
  • a groove is machined using a mold as in insert molding, it is easy to mold, so that molding is easy.
  • FIG. 1 It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the chair which concerns on embodiment, (A) is the whole perspective view seen from the front, (B) is a top view, (C) is the perspective view seen from back. It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the chair which concerns on embodiment, (A) is a front view, (B) is a rear view, (C) is a side view, (D) is a front view of only a backrest. It is a figure which shows the motion of a backrest, (A) is a side view which shows the transition to a non-locking state, (B) is a side view which shows the transition to a locking state, (C) is a top view which described each state together .
  • (A) is the isolation
  • (B) is a perspective view of the state which connected the lower stage center element and the rear seat outer shell. It is a figure which shows a backrest
  • (A) is the perspective view which showed the back outer shell
  • (B) is the perspective view which abbreviate
  • (A) is the isolation
  • (B) is the perspective view which looked at the back cushion material from back. It is a separate perspective view of the component of a backrest.
  • (A) is the perspective view which looked at the back inner frame from back
  • (B) is the partial perspective view which looked at the back inner frame from the lower part
  • (B) is the partial side view of a back inner frame.
  • (A) is the perspective view which shows the relationship between a back support
  • (B) is the partial perspective view which looked at the back outer shell from the downward direction. It is a figure which shows the relationship between a back support
  • (A) is the whole isolation
  • (B) is a perspective view which shows the relationship between a back support
  • FIG. 2A is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIIIA-XIIIA in FIG. 2A
  • FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIIIB-XIIIB in FIG. 2A
  • FIGS. It is principal part sectional drawing which shows the example of a method.
  • (A) is a partial perspective view of the backrest with the cushion omitted
  • (B) is a partial perspective view of the outer shell.
  • (A) is a partial perspective view of the backrest in a state where the cushion is omitted
  • (B) is a partial perspective view of the back outer shell.
  • (A) is a cross-sectional view of the backrest as seen from the position XVIA-XVIA in FIG. 9,
  • (B) (C) is a perspective view of the clip
  • (D) is a cross-sectional view showing the procedure for attaching the back inner frame to the back outer shell It is.
  • (A) is an isolation
  • (B) is an isolation
  • (A) is a separated perspective view showing the relationship between the seat support member and the tilt base
  • (B) is a diagram showing the movement of the tilt frame and the back support frame.
  • (A) is an exploded perspective view of the base portion
  • (B) is a perspective view of the base portion and the seat from below. It is a center part vertical side view of a seat part.
  • (A) is the isolation
  • (B) is the elements on larger scale of a seat inner shell.
  • (A) is the isolation
  • (B) is the elements on larger scale of the main outer shell.
  • (A) is a separated perspective view of a seat inner shell and a seat outer shell
  • (B) is a partially enlarged perspective view of a rear end portion of the seat inner shell
  • (C) is a partially enlarged perspective view of a rear portion of the seat outer shell.
  • (A) is the isolation
  • (B) is the perspective view seen from the bottom in the state which mounted
  • front / rear / left / right words are used to specify the direction, which is defined as a state viewed from a person who normally sits on a chair.
  • the front view is a state seen from the direction facing the seated person.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 The basic configuration of the chair is the same as that of the prior art, and as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a leg device 1, a seat 2, and a backrest 3 are provided as main components. Moreover, the armrest device 4, the hanger 5, and the headrest 6 are provided as optional items. The armrest device 4 is a set of left and right pairs, but only one of them is shown in the figure.
  • the leg device 1 has a leg support 7 made of a gas cylinder, and the leg support 7 is supported by a plurality of branch arms 8 extending radially. A caster is provided at the tip of each branch arm 8.
  • a fixed base 9 is attached to the upper end of the leg column 7, and the tilting base 10 is supported by a horizontally long support shaft 11 in a portion of the fixed base 9 on the front side of the leg column 5. It is connected so that it can tilt backward.
  • a base portion to which the seat 2 and the backrest 3 are attached is configured.
  • the seat receiving member 12 is supported by the fixed base 9 and the tilting base 10.
  • a back support frame 13 to which the backrest 3 is attached is fixed to the tilting base 10. Accordingly, the backrest 3 locks together with the tilting base 10. Further, the seat receiving member 12 moves backward and backward in conjunction with the backward tilt of the tilt base 9. Accordingly, the seat 2 moves backward and backward (synchronizes) in conjunction with the backward tilting of the backrest 3.
  • the armrest device 4 is fixed to the seat receiving member 12.
  • a locking spring that provides resistance to locking is disposed inside the fixed base 9.
  • the hardness of the locking spring can be adjusted, for example, by rotating the elasticity adjusting handle 14 shown in FIG.
  • the elasticity adjustment handle 14 is arranged on the right side when viewed from the seated person, and is arranged simultaneously with the support shaft 11.
  • a lock handle 15 that controls the tilting of the backrest 3 is disposed on the opposite side of the elasticity adjusting handle 14.
  • the lock handle 15 is also arranged coaxially (concentrically) with the support shaft 11.
  • the seat 2 has a structure in which a seat cushion material 17 is stretched on a seat inner shell 16 made of synthetic resin.
  • the seat 2 is attached to a seat outer shell 18 disposed below the seat 2.
  • the seat outer shell 18 is arranged behind the seat main outer shell 18a, the seat main outer shell 18a fixed to the seat receiving member 12, the seat front outer shell 18b slidably mounted on the seat main outer shell 18a, and the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • a seat rear outer shell 18c Therefore, the seat 2 can also be considered as a structure in which the three parts of the main part, the front part, and the rear part are integrated.
  • the seat rear outer shell 18c is connected to the seat main outer shell 18a by a horizontally long pin so as to be vertically rotatable.
  • the seat inner shell 16 includes a seat main inner shell 16a fixed to the seat main outer shell 18a, a seat front inner shell 16b integrally connected to the front end of the seat main inner shell 16a, and a seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the rear inner shell 16c is integrally connected to the end.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b has a horizontally long slit, and can be wound downward and deformed. When the seat front outer shell 18b is retracted, the seat front inner shell 16b is wound downward. As a result, the longitudinal length (depth) of the seat 2 is increased. Get smaller.
  • the seat rear inner shell 16c of the seat inner shell 16 is continuous with the seat main inner shell 16a so as to turn up and down around its front end.
  • the rear end of the seat rear inner shell 16c is connected to the lower end of the backrest 3 by left and right horizontally long pins. For this reason, when the backrest 3 is locked, the seat 2 is generally retracted and tilted backward, while the seat rear inner shell 16c is tilted relatively backward with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the backrest 3 includes a back outer shell 23 and a back cushion material 24 disposed in front of the back shell 3 as main elements.
  • the back outer shell 23 is an example of a body support.
  • the backrest 3 (or the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24) is divided into three areas: a center area 25 and left and right side areas 26 in the left-right direction. In the vertical direction, the upper stage area 27, the middle stage area 28, and the lower stage area 29 are divided into three stages.
  • the backrest 3 is divided into nine elements: an upper center element a, a middle center element b, a lower center element c, left and right upper side elements d, left and right middle side elements e, and left and right lower side elements f. .
  • the elements a to f are common to the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24.
  • the symbols a to f are simply quoted.
  • reference numerals a to f are appended to 23 and 24, respectively.
  • the back outer shell 23 includes a back outer shell upper stage center element 23a, a back outer shell middle stage element 23b, a back outer shell lower stage center element 23c, a back outer shell upper stage side element 23d, and a back outer shell middle stage side element 23e.
  • the back outer shell lower side element 23f is divided.
  • the back cushion material 24 includes a back cushion material upper center element 24a, a back cushion material middle center element 24b, a back cushion material lower center element 24c, a back cushion material upper side element 24d, a back cushion material middle stage element 24e, It is divided into cushion material side elements 24f.
  • a groove 30 opened forward is formed at the boundary between adjacent elements 24a to 24f.
  • the location of the groove 30 is a thin hinge. Therefore, the back cushion material 24 is manufactured as a single member, and the adjacent elements a to f are separated by the groove 30.
  • Each element 24a to 24f of the back cushion material 24 has a plateau shape due to the presence of the groove 30, but the surface that the body hits is substantially flat.
  • the backrest 3 (the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24) has a symmetrical shape.
  • the upper center element a and the lower center element c are slightly trapezoidal trapezoids
  • the middle center element b is an inverted trapezoid whose vertical and horizontal dimensions are the same.
  • the upper side element d is generally an inverted trapezoid
  • the middle side element e is a trapezoid that is vertically long
  • the lower side element f is an inverted triangle. Therefore, the backrest 3 is narrowed by the upper area 27 and the middle area 28 in a front view, and is swollen by the middle area 28 and the lower area 29.
  • the backrest 3 can be formed in a vertically long rectangular shape or an inverted trapezoidal shape as a whole when viewed from the front.
  • the side elements d to f are inclined so as to face toward the front with respect to the center elements a to c. That is, the side elements d to f are inclined so as to wrap around the body of the seated person. Therefore, the backrest 3 has a forward concave shape in plan view.
  • the backrest 3 is formed in a side view from the middle area 28 and the lower area 29 so as to form a forward-convex mountain shape. 25), a convex portion L is formed on which the waist of the seated person hits. Precisely, the convex portion L is formed by the middle center elements 24b and 23b of the back cushion material 24 and the back outer shell 23, and the lower center elements 24c and 23c.
  • the upper stage area 27 and the middle stage area 28 are bent in a slightly forward concave shape in a side view.
  • the upper-stage center element a and the middle-stage center element b can be formed in a flat shape, or conversely, can be bent into a forward convex shape in a side view.
  • the upper center elements 23a, 24a and the middle center elements 23b, 24b are integrated so as not to be relatively rotatable. Accordingly, in the back cushion material 24, the groove 30 formed at the boundary between the upper center element 24a and the middle center element 24b is provided mainly for the purpose of enhancing the aesthetics by having uniformity with other grooves. It is a thing and does not bend at this part. In the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion member 24, the other adjacent elements are connected so as to be relatively rotatable.
  • the back support frame 13 is a metal die-cast product or a resin molded product, and has a back column 13 a extending upward behind the backrest 3.
  • the middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23 is connected to the upper end of the back column 13a with left and right horizontally long pins (details will be described later). Therefore, the back strut 13a and the backrest 3 can be rotated relative to each other during locking.
  • the hanger 5 and the headrest 6 are fixed to the back outer shell upper stage center element 23a. That is, the optional product support plate 31 shown in FIG. 7A is fixed to the front surface of the upper end portion of the upper outer shell center element 23a with screws.
  • the hanger 5 has its lower end portion connected to the upper outer shell upper stage. It is fastened to the optional product support plate 31 with screws together with the center element 23a.
  • the headrest 6 has a structure in which a core plate 32 is wrapped with a back cushion material 33.
  • a downward foot plate 33 is fixed to the core plate 32, and the foot plate 33 is screwed on the front surface of the optional product support plate 31. It is concluded.
  • the shaft portion of the screw for fastening the foot plate 34 passes through the optional product support plate 31 and is screwed into the foot plate 34.
  • the lower end of the lower outer shell lower center element 23c is connected to the rear end portion of the seat rear outer shell 18c with left and right horizontally elongated pins 38. For this reason, connecting convex portions 39 and 40 arranged on the left and right are formed at the lower end of the lower outer shell lower center element 23c and the rear end of the seat rear outer shell 18c.
  • the lower end of the back outer shell 23 may be connected to the rear end of the seat 2 or may be connected to the back support frame 13 and the bases 9 and 10. Or it is also possible to attach with respect to the upper end part of the back support
  • the backrest 3 tilts forward with respect to the neutral state N in the work state F.
  • 3A depicts a state in which the lower end of the backrest 3 is retracted backward, but in practice, the front and rear positions of the lower end of the backrest 3 are constant.
  • an elastic body 41 such as rubber is disposed between the upper end portion of the back column 13a and the back outer shell middle stage element 23b, and the back outer shell middle stage element 23b is made of an elastic body. 41 is deformed and rotated to the near side. Therefore, the backrest 3 is maintained in the neutral state N by the elastic body 41.
  • the elastic body 41 in the neutral state N, the elastic body 41 is not loaded at all, or even if it is loaded, the stress is balanced and held in the reference state. For this reason, when the elastic body 41 is in the reference state, the relative angle between the back outer shell middle element 23b and the back column 13a is kept constant. As a result, the backrest 3 is held in the neutral state N.
  • the upper and lower three-stage side elements d to f are connected in the vertical direction, when the opening angle between the middle center element b and the lower center element d increases, the depression angle with respect to the center elements a to c decreases due to the pushing-out action. It turns to the near side so that it may become. Accordingly, the side elements a to c rotate in a direction to wrap the seated person's body, and the holding action on the seated person's body is enhanced. As a result, the seated person can work for a long time without getting tired.
  • FIG. 3 (B) the posture of the backrest 3 in the rocking state in which the seated person leans against the middle center element b and the upper center element a is indicated by the symbol R.
  • FIG. 3 (B) the state in which the lower end of the backrest 3 is advanced with respect to the neutral state N is displayed, but this shows a tendency of movement. Tilt backwards.
  • the rocking state R shown in FIG. 3 (B) shows the relationship with the neutral state N.
  • the backrest 3 shifts to the locking state R, the backrest 3 tries to shift to a backward tilting movement around the upper end of the back column 13a, but the lower end of the backrest 3 is connected to the seat rear outer shell 22. Therefore, the amount of backward tilt relative to the neutral state N is small.
  • the backrest 3 tilts relatively backward with respect to the neutral state N due to the rearward tilt angle of the back support frame 13 being larger than the rearward tilt angle of the seat outer shell 18. And the depression angle formed by the lower center element c becomes smaller.
  • the human body pressure is applied to the middle center element b and the upper center element a, so that the depression angle formed by the middle center element b and the lower center element c is small.
  • the side elements d to f are connected to each other, the side elements d to f are pushed out by the center elements a to c, and as a result, the side elements d to f widen the depression angle with respect to the center elements a to c. Rotate (bend). Therefore, the backrest 3 spreads and deforms in a direction toward a flat state in plan view.
  • the depression angle formed by the middle center element b and the lower center element c decreases. Then, the side elements d to f adjacent to each other tend to pull each other, and as a result, the side elements d to f spread and deform so as to increase the depression angle with the center elements a to c.
  • the side elements d to f spread away from the seated person from the state of being narrowed so as to wrap the seated person. That is, it changes so that it may shift to a flat state. Accordingly, in the rocking state, the holding ability of the body by the side elements d to f decreases or disappears, and as a result, the releasing ability of the body increases. Therefore, a person can obtain high comfort.
  • the side elements d to f are not completely parallel to the center elements a to c, but are tilted slightly toward the front even when they are fully expanded. Therefore, the deterrent function against excessive lateral shift of the body is ensured.
  • the left and right upper side elements d display only the work status F.
  • the lower side element f displays the three states of the neutral state N, the working state F, and the locking state R on the right side, and shows the two states of the neutral state N and the locking state R on the left side. Overlaid.
  • 3C shows a state in which the upper elements a and d are retracted with respect to the neutral state N in the rocking state R, but actually, the backrest 3 is inclined backward as a whole. Therefore, at the time of locking, the upper elements a and d are displaced backward (downward in the drawing) from the position indicated by (C).
  • the backrest 3 includes the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion member 24 as main elements.
  • a back inner frame 42 is provided as a main element.
  • the back inner frame 42 is an example of an inner member, and is a molded product made of a resin such as polypropylene.
  • the back inner frame 42 is also an example of a shape retaining member that retains and reinforces the shape of the back cushion material 24.
  • the back inner frame 42 has a frame structure opened front and rear, and the back cushion material 24 is fixed (adhered) to the back inner frame 42 by insert molding. As shown in FIGS. 13 and 16, a skin material 24 'is stretched on the surface of the cushion material 24. The skin material 24' is also bonded to the cushion material 24 by insert molding.
  • the back inner frame 42 is not fixed to the middle center element 24 b of the back cushion material 24. As can be easily understood from this, the back inner frame 42 does not have to be fixed to all the elements of the back cushion material 24. And since the back inner frame 42 has the surrounding frame part 43, even if the whole is not adhere
  • the three members are overlapped and sandwiched with a mold, and the three members are clamped only at the groove 30.
  • An integrated method can also be adopted. In this case, for example, a hot melt adhesive is applied to the groove 30 and the groove 30 can be formed and the three members can be joined simultaneously by heating.
  • the back inner frame 42 includes a loop-shaped peripheral frame portion 43 that overlaps the back surface of the outer peripheral portion of the back cushion material 24, and a left and right longitudinal portion that overlaps the upper end portions of the middle stage elements 31 and 34.
  • a frame portion 45 connected to the upper end portion of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontal joint portion 44.
  • the adjacent elements 24 a to 24 f of the back cushion material 24 are allowed to rotate relative to each other at the groove 30 (thin hinge portion) of the back cushion material 24.
  • a portion 46 is formed.
  • the horizontally long joint portion 44 is connected to the peripheral frame portion 45 via a hinge portion 46.
  • the hinge portion 46 is formed in a zigzag shape in a front view. For this reason, the deformation of the hinge portion 46 is further facilitated.
  • the hinge portion 46 is convex toward the front side (the back cushion material 24 side) when viewed from the outer peripheral direction such as a side view, a plan view, and a bottom view. Is bulging (curved). Due to the synergistic action of the zigzag shape and the forward convex bulge shape, the hinge portion 46 is easily deformed in three dimensions such as expansion and contraction, bending in the front-rear direction, and twisting. As a result, the adjacent elements 24a to 24f of the back cushion material 24 can be bent relatively easily while freely changing the posture.
  • the back inner frame 42 basically has a band plate structure, but, for example, as shown in FIG. 9B, the lower portion 43a where the lower end portion of the back cushion material lower center element 24c overlaps has a cross section.
  • An L-shaped laterally long reinforcing portion 47 is provided. As shown in FIG. 13, the reinforcing portion 47 covers a forward rib 48 formed in the lower outer shell lower center element 23 c.
  • a large number of through holes 49 into which the back cushion material 24 enters are formed in the peripheral frame portion 43.
  • the resin constituting the back cushion material 24 enters the through hole 49 and plays a role like a rivet, thereby preventing the back cushion material 24 from being detached (peeled).
  • the frame portion 45 of the back inner frame 42 is provided mainly for assisting attachment to the back outer shell 23.
  • the left and right intermediate portions are formed in an X shape for weight reduction.
  • a vertically long plate-like portion 50 is provided on both the left and right sides thereof.
  • a connection hole 51 for connection to the back outer shell 23 is formed in the vertically long plate-like portion 50, the peripheral frame portion 45, and the horizontally long joint portion 44.
  • the connecting holes 51 are formed one by one in the vertically long plate-like portion 50, and one by one in the laterally long joint portion 44 at a position below the vertically long plate-like portion 50.
  • a large number of connecting holes 51 are formed in the peripheral frame portion 43 in a jumping manner.
  • the connecting hole 51 has a horizontally long shape at the portion of the vertically long plate-like portion 50, but at the portion of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 in the longitudinal direction of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontally long joint portion 44. It is a long slot.
  • the connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 is performed using a clip attached to the connection hole 51, which will be described later.
  • a portion between the left and right vertically long plate-like portions 50 is a groove-like portion 52 that is recessed toward the front.
  • this groove-shaped part 52 has the auxiliary function of attachment of the headrest 6, details are abbreviate
  • the frame portion 45 overlaps the back cushion material upper center element 24a, and the horizontally long joint portion 44 overlaps the back cushion material middle center element 24b, the frame portion 45 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 do not bend. It has become. In other words, the upper center element 24a and the middle element 24b of the back cushion member 24 are relatively rotated even if the groove 30 is present by adopting a structure in which the frame portion 45 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 are not bent. The structure is not bent.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 are described based on the embodiment (first embodiment).
  • the backrest has a center area and left and right in the left-right direction.
  • the center area and the side area are divided into the upper, middle, and lower stages, respectively. Therefore, the backrest consists of 9 elements (parts) as a whole.
  • the adjacent element is connected via the hinge part so that relative rotation is possible.
  • Japanese Patent No. 5562001 discloses a seat in which cushion members are arranged in series on the upper surface of a seat inner shell, and a rear portion of the seat is bent downward by forming a hinge portion on the seat inner shell. ing.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose that an element (side element) located in a side area rotates (bends) in conjunction with locking, and comfort of the element can be improved by the movement of such an element. It can be said.
  • the back inner frame 42 of the present embodiment is made in view of such a current situation, and is intended to improve the reliability of the movement of the element and the durability of the body support in the body support in which the element bends. It is what.
  • the inner frame technology in the present embodiment can be applied to body support members such as a seat, a headrest, and a shelder rest in addition to the backrest of the chair.
  • the surface side which a human body hits is comprised with a cushioning material, and the shell body is arranged on the back side of the cushioning material, and at least the cushioning material can be bent relatively.
  • the structure is partitioned into elements, and the inner frame in the form of a frame is attached to the back surface of the cushion material so as not to spread over the entire back surface of the cushion material so as to straddle adjacent elements.
  • a boundary portion between adjacent elements in the inner frame is a hinge portion, and the inner frame is attached to the shell body.
  • the inner frame plays a role of reinforcing the cushion material, high durability can be ensured.
  • the cushion material is attached to the shell body via the inner frame, it is easy to assemble a body support such as a backrest.
  • the bending fulcrum of the cushion material is defined by the hinge portion of the inner frame, the bending movement of the element is also accurate.
  • the inner frame if the form having the peripheral frame part 43 as in the embodiment is adopted, the outer frame of the cushion material is defined by the peripheral frame part 43.
  • the shape retention of the cushioning material can be improved.
  • the bending of the cushion material 24 is not impaired by the inner frame 42, the bending deformation of the body support body such as the backrest 3 as a whole can be easily and reliably performed.
  • the back outer shell 23 has a separate structure except that the upper center element 23a and the middle center element 23b are integrated.
  • adjacent elements 23a to 23f are integrally connected by a band hinge 55 made of an elastomer.
  • the band hinge 55 is a band-shaped soft resin material.
  • each element 23a to 23f is formed in a shell shape (tray shape) having forward ribs (walls) around it. Therefore, each element constituting the back outer shell 23 can also be called a shell.
  • the band hinge 55 overlaps the front surface of the elements 23a to 23f, and the band hinge 55 is slightly exposed on the back side. For this reason, the portion of the band hinge 55 appears in a grooved state on the back surface of the back outer shell 23 (see also FIG. 6A).
  • a laterally long groove 57 is formed at the boundary between the upper center element 23a and the middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23.
  • the horizontally long groove 57 is provided for the purpose of design, and is not bent at this point.
  • the hinge portion 46 of the back inner frame 42 is disposed so as to overlap the band hinge 55 of the back outer shell 23 from the front.
  • the band hinge 55 is formed by a two-color molding method or insert molding.
  • a two-color molding method is displayed.
  • a mold apparatus having a movable mold (cavity) 58 and a fixed mold (core) 59 is used, and arranged on a mating surface of both molds 58 and 59 at a predetermined position and posture.
  • a unit space 60 corresponding to each element 23a to 23f is formed.
  • a gate (not shown) is opened. The gate is generally provided in the fixed mold 59.
  • a portion of the movable mold 58 that spans the adjacent unit spaces 60 is constituted by a slide mold 61 that slides in the same direction as the moving direction of the movable mold 58, and the elastomer 61 is injected into the slide mold 61.
  • a gate 62 is provided. Since the slide mold 61 has a shape corresponding to the band hinge 55 and is connected in series, the gate 62 may be one (preferably a plurality of locations).
  • the gate 62 can be provided in the fixed mold 59 (this method is practical). In this case, the gate 62 is located between adjacent elements (unit shells) of the back outer shell 23. In other words, the band hinge 55 can be formed by providing the gate 62 on the fixed mold 59 by providing a certain distance between adjacent elements of the back outer shell 23.
  • a forward-facing rib is formed on the outer periphery of each of the elements 23a to 23f constituting the back outer shell 23, and the band hinge 55 overlaps the end surface of the rib. Therefore, the band hinge 55 can be formed while increasing the rigidity of the elements 23a to 23f.
  • each element 23a to 23f is formed by injecting molten resin into each unit space 60 in a state where the slide mold 61 is advanced and then hardening, and then the slide mold 61 is moved backward.
  • a space corresponding to the band hinge 55 is formed, and a molten elastomer is injected into this space and hardened.
  • the mold is opened and the product is taken out.
  • each of the elements a to f can be accurately positioned, so that the back outer shell 23 can be manufactured with high accuracy. Further, since the band hinge 55 is accurately formed, the connection strength between the elements is excellent.
  • an insert molding method can also be employed. This is because a mold apparatus that does not include the slide mold 61 is used and the elements 23a to 23f are set at predetermined positions of the mold apparatus, and then an elastomer is injected into the space corresponding to the band hinge 55 to be solidified. It will be.
  • a protrusion 55a is provided at the upper end of the band hinge 55 and the tip of the portion connecting the upper side element 23d and the middle side element 23e.
  • the protrusion 55 a covers a protrusion (not shown) formed in the element of the back outer shell 23. For this reason, the band hinge 55 is more reliably prevented from being peeled off from the elements 23a to 23f.
  • the band hinge 55 is molded into a boss projecting from the back outer shell 23, and the tip of the boss is crushed to make a head. It is possible to hold it down.
  • the pressing plate may be overlapped with the band hinge 55 from the front, and the pressing plate may be fixed to the back outer shell 23.
  • each of the elements 23 a to 23 f constituting the back outer shell 23 has a forward rib 63 formed in a portion constituting the outer periphery of the backrest 3.
  • the back inner frame 42 is disposed in a recess surrounded by the rib 63. For this reason, the back inner frame 42 is held so as not to be displaced.
  • each element 23a to 23f of the back outer shell 23 is provided with a connecting rib 64 projecting forward so as to overlap the connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 in front view (the connecting structure is (It will be described later.)
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose “film hinges” and “material bridges” as hinge means for rotatably connecting adjacent elements.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses that a part of the back outer shell is formed in a corrugated shape.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not describe the “film hinge” and “material bridge” as illustrated, but in any case, it is unclear whether durability, strength, or smooth bending can be sufficiently secured. It is. Further, in US Pat. No. 4,711,491, a part of the back outer shell is formed as a hinge portion, but the structure of US Pat. No. 4,711,491 is composed of a number of elements as in Patent Documents 1 and 2. If it is, it is assumed that it is difficult to apply. There is also a concern that the form of the waveform gives a person a sense of incongruity.
  • This embodiment is also intended to improve the current situation.
  • This embodiment can be widely applied not only to the backrest but also to a body support for a chair such as a seat or a headrest.
  • This body support is composed of “a plurality of elements that can rotate relative to each other, and adjacent elements are connected by hinges. Each element has a unit shell body as a strength member.
  • the hinge is composed of a band-shaped soft resin material integrally formed with adjacent unit shell bodies. As the belt-like soft resin material, an elastomer is preferable.
  • the strip-shaped soft resin material is integrally formed with the unit shell body, high adhesive strength can be ensured, and there is no uneven adhesion, and the processing accuracy is excellent.
  • the hinge is made of a soft resin material different from that of the unit shell body, the hinge is smooth and excellent in durability and strength.
  • the outer shell such as the back outer shell is usually a three-dimensional shape.
  • integrally molding the belt-shaped soft resin material adjacent unit shell bodies can be reliably and accurately formed. Can be linked. Therefore, it is excellent in reliability. Since the belt-like soft resin material is flat, it does not give a sense of incongruity to humans even if it is exposed, and is excellent in aesthetics.
  • connection structure between the back outer shell and the back column As described above, the upper end of the back column 13a is connected to the middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23 so as to be relatively rotatable. This point will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the left and right laterally long boss portions 66 are integrally formed at the upper end of the back column 13 a in a forward inclined posture in a side view, and the left and right laterally long connecting pins 67 are inserted into the boss portions 66.
  • the connecting pin 67 protrudes from the left and right sides of the boss portion 66.
  • the holding portion 68 of the back outer shell 23 is a space of a forward opening surrounded by the reinforcing rib 71, and the connection pin 67 is placed inside this space.
  • a pair of left and right bearing portions 72 with the left and right exposed portions overlapping from the front are projected forward, and the left and right exposed portions of the connecting pin 67 are pressed by the pressing member 73 to hold the connecting pin 67 so as not to be detached. Yes.
  • the pressing member 73 is fixed to the holding portion 68 with four screws 74. Further, as clearly shown in FIG. 10, the pressing member 73 is formed with a pressing portion 73 a that presses both ends of the connecting pin 67 from the front side.
  • a boss portion 66 is located between the left and right pressing portions 73a.
  • the connecting pin 67 can be held in a state where it cannot be seen from behind. Further, since the movement of the connecting pin 67 in the left-right direction is blocked by the holding portion 68, a retaining means such as a snap ring is unnecessary.
  • the connecting means between the back column 13 a and the back outer shell 23 is arbitrary, and it is also possible to connect the boss portion 63 with a connecting pin inserted through the holding portion 68.
  • the back outer shell 23 is connected to the back column 13a at a slightly upper portion of the middle center element 23b. Therefore, when the seated person leans against the backrest 3, the backrest 3 tends to tilt backward about the connecting pin 64.
  • the elastic body 41 described above is disposed immediately below the boss 63 of the back column 13a.
  • the elastic body 41 is made of, for example, rubber (Cherast), but a spring body such as a coil spring can also be used.
  • the elastic body 41 basically has a rod shape that is long in the front-rear direction, but the outer periphery is recessed so that the front-rear intermediate part has the smallest diameter. For this reason, it has a shape similar to an hourglass.
  • a metal ring 41a is fixed to the front and rear surfaces of the elastic body 41 by bonding or the like, and this ring 41a is fastened to the back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a with bolts 77. Therefore, the ring 41a also functions as a nut.
  • the back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a are formed with receiving seats 76a and 76b in close contact with the ring 41a.
  • a countersink hole 78 for storing the bolt 76 is formed on the rear surface of the back column 13a. It is also possible to project a screw shaft at both ends of the elastic body 41 and fix the screw shaft to the back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a with a nut (this configuration is more elastic body). 41 is preferable because the entire 41 can be deformed).
  • the neutral state N, the working state F, and the locking state R are displayed as three lines.
  • the elastic body 41 In the neutral state N in which no body pressure is applied to the backrest 3, the elastic body 41 is in a free state in which neither compression nor extension is performed. In other words, since the restoring force does not act on the elastic body 41, the backrest 3 is held in the neutral state N.
  • the middle center element 23b When only the convex part L of the backrest 3 is pushed by the seated person's waist and the backrest 3 moves to the working state F, the middle center element 23b is connected so that its upper end moves forward and its lower end moves backward. It rotates around the pin 67. Accordingly, the distance between the middle center element 23b and the back column 13a is narrowed. Therefore, the elastic body 41 undergoes compressive deformation and bending deformation. In other words, by elastically deforming the elastic body 41, the middle stage center element 23b rotates so that the upper end moves forward.
  • the elastic body 41 In the transition from the neutral state N to the work state F, the elastic body 41 is deformed to warp upward in a side view. Since the elastic body 41 is shaped like an hourglass, the elastic body 41 can be easily bent and deformed. Therefore, the transition from the neutral state N to the work state F is performed smoothly.
  • the backrest 3 When the seated person moves the upper body from the office state F to the near side, the backrest 3 returns to the neutral state N by the restoring force of the elastic body 41.
  • the center of the body pressure of the seated person is above the center of rotation of the backrest 3 (the connecting pin 67). Therefore, when shifting from the neutral state N to the locking state R, the middle stage center element 23b With respect to the neutral state N, the upper end moves backward and the lower end moves backward so that the lower end moves forward. Therefore, the distance between the back column 13a and the back outer shell middle center element 23b is wider than in the neutral state N. Accordingly, the elastic body 41 extends and deforms with respect to the neutral state N and bends and deforms so as to warp downward.
  • the elastic body 41 When shifting from the working state F to the locking state R, the elastic body 41 once returns to the free state and then stretches and deforms. When the body is lifted from the locking state R, the backrest 3 returns to the neutral state N by the restoring force of the elastic body 41. In addition, it is performed by the rocking spring that the backrest 3 moves to the front generally.
  • the elastic body 41 is for controlling a change in posture with respect to the neutral state N or a change in relative posture between the back column 13 a and the backrest 3.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 the backrest rotates relative to the back column.
  • the spring element 26 is provided as a return means for returning a backrest to the original position where the body pressure of a seated person is not applied.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 in the backrest 3, only the side element is narrowed from the original posture and deformed, and therefore, the spring element is only compressed in the locked state.
  • the backrest 3 changes its posture relative to the working state F and the locking state R with the neutral state N as a boundary, and accordingly, the elastic body 41 is compressed.
  • the deformation mode differs between deformation and elongation deformation.
  • the elastic body 41 is bent in the working state F and the locking state R in a bending direction that is bent downward and in a bending direction that is upward.
  • the backrest 3 may change its posture in the opposite direction from the neutral state N to the working state F and the locking state R. It can be said that it is possible. Accordingly, it is possible to easily and reliably change the posture of the backrest 3 between the working state F and the rocking state R while holding the backrest 3 in the neutral state N with no load applied using one type of elastic body 41. It has been realized. This is one of the great advantages of this embodiment.
  • connection means between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
  • the clip 79 shown in FIG. 16 is used for the connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23.
  • a group of plate-like forward ribs 80 corresponding to the connection holes 51 of the back inner frame 42 are provided on the back outer shell 23 so as to protrude forward.
  • the back inner frame 42 is connected to the back outer shell 23, and as a result, the back cushion material 24 is connected to the back outer shell 23.
  • the clip 79 is made of a metal plate such as a stainless steel plate or spring steel, and has a pair of side plates 81 connected to a mountain shape. 16 (A) and 16 (D), the clip 79 is inserted into the connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 from the back in a posture with a mountain first.
  • the connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 is formed in a forward-facing rib 80 that is slightly spaced from the back outer shell 23, and the connecting hole 51 is formed at the tip (free end) of the side plates 81.
  • a holding portion 82 that holds the longitudinal opening edge portion 51a from the front and rear is bent.
  • the clip 79 is held in the back inner frame 42 so as not to be separated from the front and rear.
  • a step portion 83 facing the back cushion material 24 is formed at the longitudinal opening edge of the connecting hole 51, and therefore the longitudinal opening edge portion 51a is stepped down. Therefore, the holding portion 82 is disposed in a state shifted rearward from the front surface of the forward rib 80.
  • the forward-facing rib 80 provided on the back outer shell 23 has a tapered shape whose thickness decreases toward the tip (front end), and is inserted between the two side plates 81 of the clip 79. Further, the side plate 81 of the clip 79 is formed by cutting and raising a holding piece 84 that sandwiches the forward rib 80 inward, and the nail 85 that bites into the forward rib 80 is cut and raised one by one on the holding piece 84. Yes.
  • the front end portions of the both sandwiching pieces 84 are formed in the guide portions 84a whose distances are widened toward the back outer shell 23, whereby the forward ribs 80 of the both sandwiching pieces 84 are formed. Invited smoothly. Further, the claw 85 extends from the guide portion 84 a toward the connecting portion of the both side plates 81, and the distance between the tips of the opposed claws 85 is set to be smaller than the thickness of the forward rib 80. Yes.
  • the back cushion material 24 is bonded to the back inner frame 42 by insert molding. Since the back cushion material 24 is soft, the clip 79 can be inserted into the connection hole 51 while the back cushion material 24 is filled in the connection hole 51 and the clip 79 is pushed away. Alternatively, it is also possible to form a space in which the clip 79 fits in the back cushion material 24 by forming a protrusion similar to the outer shape of the back cushion material 24 in the insert molding die.
  • connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 has been described as a method of inserting the forward rib 80 into the clip 79.
  • the clip 79 is generally pushed into the forward rib 80. It can be said that. In this case, the clip 79 is pressed against the forward rib 80 via the back cushion material 24.
  • the edge of the skin material 24 ′ covering the back cushion material 24 is wound around the back side of the back inner frame 42, but a hole in which the clip 79 is fitted is formed in the edge of the skin material 24 ′, and the skin material 24 ′ It is also possible to clean the edges and attach the clip 79 together.
  • the edge of the skin material 24 ′ may be fixed to the back inner frame 42 with a tucker, or may be bonded with an adhesive.
  • the skin material 24 ′ is integrated with the back cushion material 24 at the same time as the insert molding to the back inner frame 42. That is, by forming the back cushion material 24 with the skin material 24 ′ set in the mold, it is easily realized that the skin material 24 a is held in the groove 44 as clearly shown in FIG. 13. it can. Of course, it is also possible to form the back cushion material 24 in advance and then adhere the skin material 24 ′ to the back cushion material 24 with an adhesive or the like. Alternatively, the skin material 24 ′ may be overlaid on the back cushion material 24, and the edge of the skin material 24 ′ may be fixed to the back inner frame 42 with a tucker or the like.
  • the back inner frame 42 is surrounded by a rib 63 on the outer periphery of the back outer shell 23. Therefore, even if the back inner frame 42 is provided, the problem of aesthetics does not occur. Further, as described above, since the back inner frame 42 is accurately positioned with respect to the back outer shell 23, the positional relationship between the clip 79 and the forward rib 80 can be accurately matched. For this reason, even if the clip 79 and the forward rib 80 are not visible, each clip 79 can be accurately attached to the forward rib 80 by simply pressing the portion of the back cushion member 24 where the clip 79 is located.
  • the backrest 3 of the present embodiment also includes a lumbar support device 88 for adjusting the support height of the waist of the seated person.
  • the lumbar support device 88 includes a lumbar support body 89 that hits the back cushion material 24 from behind, an operation lever 90 for moving the lumbar support body 89 up and down, and a support bracket 91 that holds the lever 90 so that its height can be adjusted. It has.
  • a recess 94 surrounded by a rib 93 is formed on the front surface of the lower end portion of the back outer shell middle element 23b, and the support bracket 91 is fixed to the recess 94 so as not to be displaced. Has been.
  • the upper end of the operation lever 90 is fixed to the back surface of the upper end of the lumbar support body 89 with screws. And the operation lever 90 is exposed below from the insertion hole 95 (refer FIG. 10) provided in the lower end part of the back outer shell middle stage element 23b. Therefore, the seated person can turn the operation lever 90 up and down by turning his / her hand behind the backrest 3.
  • the support bracket 91 is provided with a tongue piece protruding upward in front of the operation lever 90, and a forward engagement protrusion is provided at the upper end of the tongue piece, while an engagement protrusion is provided on the front surface of the operation lever 90.
  • a large number of engaging grooves for fitting and disengaging are formed in multiple stages. Due to the elastic deformation of the tongue piece, the engagement protrusion and the engagement groove are engaged and disengaged.
  • the back inner frame 42 is not fixed to the back cushion material center element 24b.
  • the center middle stage element 24b and the center lower stage element 24c of the back cushion member 24 are in a state of being freely deformable (turnable). For this reason, the raising / lowering motion of the lumbar support body 89 is not inhibited, and the change of the height position which supports a seated person from back can be ensured.
  • the lumbar support body is also configured to be adjustable in height.
  • a back cushion material is disposed in front of a resin-made back outer shell (back cover).
  • Japanese Patent No. 5529501 discloses that the operating portion (operating lever) is exposed from the position of the mating surface between the left and right end portions of the back outer shell and the left and right end portions of the back cushion material. That is, in Japanese Patent No. 5529501, the operation unit is exposed to the outside from the left and right side portions of the backrest. Therefore, the operation unit protrudes from the left and right outer sides of the backrest.
  • an operation part for example, a bag
  • the lumbar support device of the present embodiment is also aimed at improving such a current situation.
  • a chair provided with a lumbar support device “a back cushion material or other body support member is arranged in front of the back outer shell constituting the back of the backrest, and the body support
  • a back cushion material or other body support member is arranged in front of the back outer shell constituting the back of the backrest, and the body support
  • the lumbar support body is formed on the front side of the bent portion, and the lumbar support body is disposed on the front side of the bent portion, while the back outer shell is above the apex of the bent portion.
  • the operation unit since the operation unit is located behind the back outer shell, there is no inconvenience that a person's object or clothes passing next to it will hit or get caught. Moreover, since the operation part is exposed using the insertion hole provided in the back outer shell, the back outer shell and the back cushion material can be fixed over the entire circumference. Therefore, there is no problem that the attachment strength of the back cushion material is reduced, or that the appearance is impaired due to a gap in the mating surface between the back cushion material and the back outer shell. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a vertically long slot is formed in the back outer shell and the operation lever (knob) is exposed from the slot.
  • the back cushion material 24 is composed of nine elements 24a to 24f, and the front surfaces of the elements 24a to 24f are composed of a skin material 24 '.
  • the skin material 24 ′ is made of cloth (cloth), synthetic leather, or the like, but in any case, the skin material 24 ′ is integrally bonded to the back cushion material 24 by insert molding. It is glued in a stretched state.
  • the front surface of the backrest 3 is composed of a skin material 24 ′ that is stretched without wrinkles, and the elements 24 a to 24 f are divided by the grooves 30. Yes. Further, the skin material 24 ′ also enters the groove 30.
  • each element 24a to 24f has a substantially trapezoidal shape (or plateau shape) having a flat surface and a peripheral skirt portion due to the presence of the groove 30. Therefore, the part which hits a seated person's body is basically flat. This also applies to the seat cushion material 17.
  • the seater's back / waist hits the backrest 3 and the entire surface of the seat 2 evenly. For this reason, the reaction force acting on the back and waist is also widely distributed on the back and waist. For this reason, there is no local push-up feeling and a high usability can be obtained.
  • the outer peripheral portions of the elements 24a to 24f may be square or rounded.
  • the upper surface of the seat 2 (in other words, on the seat cushion material 17) is divided into five elements 2a to 2d by a groove 96. That is, with the center element 2a having a trapezoidal shape in plan view as a main element, the center front element 2b positioned in front of the center element 2a, the rear element 2c positioned behind the center element 2a, the center element 2a, and the left and right sides of the rear support portion 17c It is divided into side elements 2d located on both sides. Therefore, the upper surface of the seat cushion material 17 is divided into a plurality of parts in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.
  • the groove 96 is the same as the groove 30 of the backrest 3 (FIG. 13A).
  • the seat cushion material 17 is integrally bonded to the seat inner shell 16 by insert molding, similarly to the back cushion material 24. Further, the adhesion of the skin material to the seat cushion material 17 is performed simultaneously with the molding of the seat cushion material 17.
  • insert molding the skin material is set in a mold facing the mold in which the seat inner shell 16 is set. Specifically, it is set in the mold by vacuum suction or adhesion by an adhesive (this is the same for the back cushion material 24).
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 the backrest is divided into nine elements, and in FIG. 1, the fold line that is the boundary between adjacent elements is displayed as a simple line.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 of Patent Documents 1 and 2 of Patent Documents 1 and 2 it is understood that each element is displayed in a mountain shape protruding forward. Although the shape of the upper surface of the seat cannot be clearly grasped, it seems that there are multiple mountain-shaped areas. In other words, it is assumed that the seat also has a backrest and design unity.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 the boundaries of the elements constituting the backrest are clear, and thus it can be said that the user's attention is drawn as an unprecedented design.
  • each element is Yamagata, some users may feel uncomfortable. Therefore, even if it is composed of a plurality of elements, it can be said that there is a demand for a smoother design.
  • one of the problems and purposes is to further refine the design of Patent Documents 1 and 2 and improve the smoothness of hitting the body.
  • the body support in the laid invention includes a backrest, a seat, a headrest, an elbow rest, a sheller rest, and the like. Furthermore, the design features of this embodiment can also be applied to a chair in which the element does not bend.
  • the first design invention can be developed in various ways as exemplified in the following 1) to 7).
  • Second design invention In the first design invention, on the front surface of the back cushion material constituting the backrest as the body support, a plurality of the back cushion materials are divided into a plurality of parts in both the left and right directions and the vertical direction. Grooves are formed.
  • the third design invention a plurality of seat cushion materials on the upper surface of the seat cushion material constituting the seat as the body support body, the seat cushion material being divided into a plurality of parts in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction. Grooves are formed.
  • the back cushion material is divided into a plurality of parts in both the left and right directions and the vertical direction on the front surface of the back cushion material constituting the backrest as the body support. While a plurality of grooves are formed, on the upper surface of the seat cushion material constituting the seat as the body support body, a plurality of grooves that divide the seat cushion material into a plurality in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.
  • the pattern of the element in the back cushion material and the element in the seat cushion material are in a form close to symmetry.
  • a skin material is stretched on the surface of the cushion material, and the skin material is fixed to the cushion material integrally by insert molding. It enters the inside of the groove and is bonded to the cushion material in a stretched state as a whole.
  • the backrest as the body support body includes a back outer shell constituting the back surface thereof and a cushion material constituting the front surface thereof.
  • a plurality of grooves are formed to divide the back cushion material into a plurality of directions in both the left and right directions and the up and down direction, while the back surface of the back outer shell is symmetrical with the grooves of the cushion material. Grooves are formed in.
  • the back cushion material and the back outer shell have hinge portions at all or a plurality of portions of the groove.
  • the geometric pattern is constituted by a group of a plurality of linear grooves.
  • the cushion material spreads in a series as a whole, the assembly of the body support is easy and the dimensional accuracy is also increased. Further, since the surface of each element is flat, it is possible to give a favorable impression to a person without excessive decoration. That is, it can be refined in design. Moreover, since each element is flat, the body supporter hits the human body over a wide area, so that fit to the body can be improved.
  • the back outer shell 23 and the seat 2 when viewed from the above-mentioned design aspect, can be seen at the same time in the back view of the chair, but the geometric pattern and design based on trapezoids and triangles are both unified. Therefore, even in the rear view (back view), an excellent cosmetic effect is exhibited. Therefore, it can be said that it is preferable to make the patterns and patterns of the surfaces of the backrest 3 and the seat 2 uniform.
  • the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f are bent (rotated) by the pushing action of the seated person, but the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f may be configured to simply rotate against elasticity. Is possible. In other words, the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f may be configured to bend backward against the elasticity by being pressed by the body pressure of the seated person instead of being bent in conjunction with the locking, for example. is there.
  • the number, shape and arrangement of the elements of the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are not limited to the embodiment and can be arbitrarily set.
  • the upper area 27 (a, d) is not provided.
  • both the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are formed in a striped pattern in which a plurality of elements are arranged in a plurality of upper and lower steps or a plurality of front and rear rows, or in a striped pattern in which a plurality of elements are arranged in a plurality of left and right rows. It is also possible to do. It is also possible to unify with a polka dot pattern.
  • FIG. 27 shows another example of the pattern formed by the grooves 30 and 96.
  • the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are displayed in a state where they are unfolded on the same plane, and both the seat 2 and the backrest 3 have a structure in which a seat cushion material is stretched with a skin material.
  • the seat 2 and the backrest 3 are unified with a square frame pattern in (A), unified with a horizontal stripe pattern in the example of (B), unified with vertical stripes in (C), (D ) Is standardized by vertical and horizontal grid patterns.
  • (E) is a combination of a circle and a radial line.
  • (F) is applied to a bench for three people, and both the seat and the backrest 3 are unified with a cross-lined pattern. It is also possible to make the concept of unbalance without having the uniformity of the design and pattern of the seat and the backrest.
  • the design invention can be applied to optional items such as headrests, shoulder rests, and elbow pads. These optional products can be unified with the pattern of the groove and the backrest or seat, or can have a unique design. It is also possible to make the backrest and the seat pattern different from each other.
  • Base part The chair of this embodiment is improved also about the seat 2 and its support mechanism. This point will be described next. First, the base portion will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
  • the base portion includes the fixed base 9 and the tilt base 10 as main members.
  • the fixed base 9 is a die-cast product or a cast product, as can be understood from FIG. 19A and FIG. 17B, for example, and has a shallow box shape with an upward opening having left and right side plates 9a and bottom portions. Is formed.
  • the upper end of the leg strut 7 is fitted from below into a cylindrical boss 125 having an upper and lower opening provided at the rear.
  • the front portion of the fixed base 9 is inclined in a side view so as to become higher toward the front.
  • the tilting base 10 has a left and right side plate 10a and a rear plate 10b and is opened up and down, and the rear plate 10b faces upward.
  • the opened back support portion 10c is fixed.
  • the back support portion 10c is formed in a bowl shape with an upward opening having left and right side plates, and the front end portion of the back support frame 13 is fitted therein.
  • the back support frame 13 is fixed to the back support portion 10c with a plurality of bolts 126.
  • the tilting base 10 is made of a metal plate, and is arranged so that the side plate 10 a is positioned outside the side plate 9 a of the fixed base 9. That is, the tilting base 10 covers the fixed base 9 from the outside. As shown in FIG. 19A, the front end portion of the side plate 10 a of the tilting base 10 is connected to the fixed base 9 by the support shaft 11.
  • the tilting base 10 has a frame structure opened up and down by the left and right side plates 10a, the rear plate 10b, and the front joint 127.
  • a front fixed spring receiver 128 is disposed below the front joint 127.
  • the front fixed spring receiver 128 is connected to the fixed base 9 and the tilting base 10 by the support shaft 11, but is held by a stopper shaft 129 provided on the fixed base 9 so that it cannot be tilted forward. Therefore, the position and posture are fixed.
  • a wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is disposed on the rear surface of the front fixed spring receiver 128, and a front movable spring receiver 131 is disposed on the rear surface of the wedge-shaped lifting body 130. ing.
  • the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 has a smaller front-rear width as it goes down. For this reason, when the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 moves up and down, the front movable spring receiver 131 moves back and forth. The front movable spring receiver 131 is held so that it only moves back and forth and does not move up and down.
  • a rear spring receiver 132 is fixed to the rear portion of the fixed base 9, and a pair of left and right locking springs (compression coil springs) 133 are sandwiched from the front and rear by the front movable spring receiver 131 and the rear spring receiver 132. Yes. Therefore, the rocking spring 133 acts against the rear tilt of the tilt base 10.
  • the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is screwed with a vertically long screw shaft 134.
  • the upper end of the screw shaft 134 is held by a front joint 127 so as to be rotatable and unable to move up and down.
  • the lower end of the screw shaft 134 is rotatably held by a lower support piece 137 (see also FIG. 17B) provided on the front fixed spring receiver 128.
  • the screw shaft 134 is held by the front joint 127 and the lower support piece 137 so as not to move up and down.
  • the lower beveled first bevel gear 138 is fixed to the lower end of the screw shaft 134.
  • a second bevel gear 139 that meshes with the first bevel gear 138 is fixed to the tip of the elasticity adjusting handle 14. Accordingly, when the elasticity adjusting handle 14 is rotated, the screw shaft 134 is rotated via the bevel gears 138 and 139, whereby the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is moved up and down, and the front movable spring receiver 131 is interlocked with this. Move back and forth.
  • the elasticity adjusting handle 14 has a cylindrical shape and is fitted to the support shaft 11 from the outside. Accordingly, the elasticity adjusting handle 14 serves as a bearing for the support shaft 11. Further, the height adjustment handle 15 has a cylindrical shape and is fitted to the support shaft 11 from the outside. Therefore, the height adjustment handle 15 also serves as a bearing for the support shaft 11. The push valve protruding from the upper end of the leg column 7 is pushed downward by the rotation operation of the height adjustment handle 15, but the description of the mechanism is omitted.
  • a front link 140 extending above the fixed base 9 is connected to the front end portion of the fixed base 9 by a first shaft 141 that is horizontally long. Therefore, the front link 140 can be rotated in the front-rear direction around the lower end thereof.
  • the front portion of the seat receiving member 12 is connected to the upper end of the front link 140 by a horizontally elongated second shaft 142.
  • a compression coil spring 143 is disposed between the front link 140 and the front fixed spring receiver 131. Accordingly, the front link 140 is biased forward by the compression coil spring 143. However, as can be understood from FIG. 18B, the forward tilt angle of the front link 140 is restricted by the lower end of the front link 140 hitting the front end of the fixed base 9.
  • the seat receiving member 12 has a vertically long frame 1144.
  • the vertically long frame 144 has an L-shaped cross section in which an upper flange 144a facing left and right is formed at the upper end.
  • a horizontally long front stay 145 and a rear stay 146 are fixed to the left and right upper flange 144a by welding. Yes. Therefore, the seat receiving member 12 has a frame structure opened up and down.
  • the front stay 145 and the rear stay 146 protrude beyond the left and right sides of the vertically long frame 144.
  • the armrest device 4 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is fixed to the lower surface of the protruding portion of the rear stay 146 via a spacer (not shown).
  • FIG. 19B shows a state in which the seat outer member 18 is covered with the seat receiving member 12 from above, and the front stay 145 of the seat receiving member 12 is partially visible.
  • the seat outer shell 18 is fixed to the upper flange 144a of the seat receiving member 12 (see FIG. 19A) with screws.
  • the left and right upper flanges 144a of the seat receiving member 12 are provided with two screw insertion holes 147 at the front and rear.
  • the longitudinal frame 144 of the seat receiving member 12 has its front portion connected to the upper end of the front link 140 by the second shaft 142, and its rear portion tilted.
  • the base 10 is connected to the rear end of the base 10 by a horizontally elongated third shaft 148. Therefore, when the tilting base 10 is tilted rearward, the seat receiving member 12 tilts rearward while rearward. However, the rearward tilt angle of the seat receiving member 12 is smaller than the rearward tilt angle of the tilting base 10.
  • the seat inner shell 16 is a molded product made of a resin such as polypropylene, and has an integral structure as a whole. For example, as shown in FIGS. And a seat front inner shell 16b positioned in front of the seat main inner shell 16a and a seat rear inner shell 16c positioned behind the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat rear inner shell 16c have approximately the same front-rear width, and roughly each have a front-rear width of about 1/4 of the total length.
  • the seat main inner shell 16a has a front-rear width of about half of the total length.
  • the seat inner shell 16 (and the seat cushion material 17) is recessed upward so as to conform to the profile of a person's buttocks and thighs.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b is curved in a side view so as to become lower as it goes to the front end.
  • the seat main inner shell 16a is a part that stably supports the seated person. Therefore, it basically has a rigid structure. However, in order to ensure cushioning properties, for example, as shown in FIG. 21A, a group of slits 151 opened up and down is provided.
  • the group of slits 151 is a mixture of a longitudinally long and a slanted posture in plan view, and is arranged around a portion where the tailbone of the seated person hits.
  • the front portion of the seat main inner shell 16a is a downward bank portion 152 that is recessed downward. For this reason, high rigidity is ensured.
  • longitudinal longitudinal ribs 153 are formed side by side in a lateral direction.
  • an upper tape holding portion 154 is formed at a substantially left and right intermediate portion of a portion of the downward bank portion 152 that is divided into half on the left and right halves.
  • the upper tape holding portion 154 is for locking (fixing) the rear end portion (one end portion) of the tape 155 (see FIG. 21) for winding the seat front inner shell 16b together with the seat cushion material 17 downward.
  • two front and rear bars 157 and 158 are arranged in the space of the upper and lower openings sandwiched between the left and right ribs 156.
  • the tape 155 is an example of a flexible member, and is composed of a fabric such as a knitted fabric or a woven fabric (a tough fabric tape). Then, as shown in FIG. 26 (B), the rear end of the tape 155 is wound around the back bar 158 and then held in a loop shape by a fastener such as eyelet. Therefore, the front bar 157 serves as a guide body that suppresses the tape 155 from being bent excessively.
  • the tape 155 can be fixed by various other methods.
  • the rear end of the tape 155 can be fixed with a screw.
  • a hook may be fixed to the rear end of the tape 155 and the hook may be locked to the bar.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b is a deformation allowing portion for allowing downward entanglement deformation.
  • a weakening means for allowing deformation a plurality of rows of horizontally long slits 159 arranged in the front-rear direction are formed.
  • the band-like portions 160 adjacent to each other on the front and rear sides across the horizontally long slit 159 are connected by bridges 161 at both left and right ends.
  • the bridge 161 has an inverted U shape (mountain shape) protruding upward in order to facilitate entrainment deformation. It is also possible to arrange three or more bridges 161 at one horizontal slit 159.
  • the belt-like portion 160 divided by the horizontally long slit 159 has a bowl-like shape opened upward, and is reinforced by ribs. Therefore, the thigh of the seated person is stably supported by the front part of the seat 2.
  • the front end 162 of the seat front inner shell 16b in front of the group of the horizontally long slits 159 basically has a plate structure, but is reinforced by a number of ribs. Therefore, the front inner shell 16b is not excessively deformed, and the supporting function as the seat 2 is maintained.
  • a tape holding groove 164 for restricting the left and right positions of the tape 155 is formed in the belt-like portion 160 and the tip portion 162 constituting the seat front inner shell 16b. Is forming.
  • the boundary between the seat main inner shell 16a and the seat rear inner shell 16c is a hinge portion by the center slit 165 and the watermark hole 166.
  • the seat main inner shell 16a and the rear inner shell 16c are composed of a first bridge 167 located between the seat center slit 165 and the watermark hole 166, and a second bridge 168 located on the left and right outside of the watermark hole 166. It is connected. Therefore, the seat rear inner shell 16c can tilt backward with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the first bridge 167 has a simple mountain shape
  • the second bridge 168 has a waveform shape. Accordingly, the left and right side portions of the seat rear inner shell 16c are allowed to largely escape and rotate with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the groove 96 constituting the geometric pattern is formed on the upper surface of the seat inner shell 16.
  • left and right laterally long grooves 96 are first formed above the front and rear middle portions of the seat front inner shell 16b. For this reason, it is easy for the front part of the seat to be rolled downward and deformed.
  • the seat outer shell 18 includes a seat main outer shell 18a on which the seat main inner shell 16a overlaps, a seat front outer shell 18b corresponding to the seat front inner shell 16b, and a seat rear inner shell. It is comprised by three members with the seat rear outer shell 18c corresponding to the shell 16c.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b is slidably attached to the seat main outer shell 18a, and the seat rear outer shell 18c is attached to the seat main outer shell 18a. It is connected so that it can tilt backward.
  • the seat main outer shell 18a has a function of stably supporting the seated person's body, and a number of reinforcing ribs are formed on the upper surface in order to ensure rigidity.
  • a pair of connecting recesses 170 opened rearward are formed at the rear end of the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • a pair of left and right connecting convex portions 171 that fits into the connecting concave portion 170 are projected forward, and the connecting concave portion 170, the connecting convex portion 171, and the like.
  • the seat rear outer shell 18c can be inclined backward relative to the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • the connecting convex portion 171 of the seat rear outer shell 18c is raised upward. Therefore, a watermark hole 166 is provided at the boundary between the seat main inner shell 16a and the seat rear inner shell 16c to prevent the connecting convex portion 171 from hitting. That is, the watermark hole 166 of the seat inner shell 16 is for allowing the connecting convex portion 171 to escape upward.
  • the lateral width of the seat rear outer shell 18c is set to be considerably smaller than the lateral width of the seat main outer shell 18a. Accordingly, the lateral width of the seat rear outer shell 18 c is smaller than the lateral width of the seat rear inner shell 16 c in the seat inner shell 16.
  • the left and right side portions of approximately the front half of the seat main outer shell 18a become groove-shaped fixed guide portions (downward protruding ridge portions) 173 that are greatly recessed downward.
  • the portion between the left and right fixed guide recesses 173 is basically a flat support portion 174.
  • the front end of the support portion 174 enters slightly behind the front ends of the left and right fixed guide portions 173.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b includes left and right movable guide portions 175 that are slidably fitted back and forth to the fixed guide portion 173 of the seat main outer shell 18a, and a supported portion that overlaps the support portion 174 of the seat main outer shell 18a from above. 176.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b slides back and forth, the supported portion 176 does not leave in front of the support portion 174, and the rear end portion rests on the support portion 174 even in a fully advanced state.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b is provided with a number of ribs for reinforcement.
  • the fixed guide portion 173 of the seat main outer shell 18a is basically in the form of a trapezoid that is narrowed in front view, but can be understood from FIG.
  • the relief recess 177 is formed in a shape that is depressed downward.
  • the fixed guide portion 173 has an inner surface (inner plate) 173a, an outer surface (outer plate) 173b, and a support rib 173c constituting the lower surface.
  • the inner side surface 173a has a substantially vertical posture, and the outer side surface 173b is inclined so as to be shifted outward in the left-right direction.
  • the movable guide portion 175 of the seat front outer shell 18 b corresponds to the fixed guide portion 173 and has an inner side surface (inner plate) 175 a in a vertical posture and an outer side surface (outer plate in an inclined posture). ) 175b and a flat bottom surface (bottom plate) 175c. Due to the fitting of the guide portions 173 and 175, the seat front outer shell 18b can slide back and forth with no backlash.
  • female screw holes 178 for fixing to the seat receiving member 12 are formed in the front and rear portions of the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • a portion of the female screw hole 178 is an upward boss portion, and the screw is screwed into the female screw hole 178 from below.
  • the seat main outer shell 18a and the seat receiving member 12 may be fixed by other means.
  • the lower surface of the supported portion 176 in the seat front outer shell 18b is basically flat.
  • the supported portion 176 is supported in a stable state by the support portion 174.
  • the supported portion 176 and the support portion 174 are provided with two types of guide means that also serve as a retainer.
  • the front and rear longitudinal fixed guide rails 179 are provided at the left and right sides of the support portion 174 with the left and right intermediate portions sandwiched therebetween.
  • the longitudinal dovetail grooves 180 are formed on the opposing surfaces of the left and right fixed guide rails 179.
  • left and right fixed guides are formed by forming escape grooves 181 for avoiding buffering with the fixed guide rails 179 in the supported portion 176 of the seat front outer shell 18b.
  • a movable guide rail 182 positioned between the rails 179 is formed, and a slide projection 183 that fits into the dovetail groove 180 of the fixed guide rail 179 is provided at the rear end of the movable guide rail 182. Therefore, the longitudinal movement of the seat front outer shell 18b is guided, and the seat front outer shell 18b is held so as not to be upwardly pulled out with respect to the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • a cylindrical guide boss 184 protrudes from a portion closer to the front end of the support portion 174 and outside the left and right sides of the fixed guide rail 179.
  • a longitudinally extending guide groove 185 into which the guide boss 184 is fitted is formed in the supported portion 176 of the seat front outer shell 18b, and the screw 186 shown in FIG. 24 is screwed into the guide boss 184 from above. Yes. Therefore, the head of the screw 186 plays a role of retaining.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b can slide back and forth in a stable state without swinging left and right. Since the guide boss 184 is positioned in front of the fixed guide rail 179, the seat front outer shell 18b overlaps with the seat main outer shell 18a so that the guide groove 185 fits into the guide boss 184, and then slides backward.
  • the slide protrusion 183 can be fitted into the dovetail groove 180 by the procedure described above.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b is a support portion for the seat front inner shell 16b, but this support portion can be attached to a member other than the seat main outer shell 18a, such as the seat receiving member 12 or the base. Various means such as a link mechanism can be employed as the slide mechanism.
  • the front end of the seat front outer shell 18b is a lower portion for attaching the other end of the tape 155.
  • a tape holding portion 187 is formed.
  • the lower tape holding portion 187 has a horizontally long groove 188 that opens in the front and rear directions, and the front end (the other end) of the tape 155 is a hole 162a provided in the front end portion 162 of the seat front inner shell 16b. After passing through the horizontally long groove 188, it is fixed to the back surface of the lower tape holding part 187 by a pressing plate 189.
  • the holding plate 189 is fixed to the wall of the lower tape holding part 187 with screws 190.
  • Various connecting means such as a hook can be adopted for the front end portion of the tape 155.
  • the seat front outer shell 18 b When the seat front outer shell 18 b is retracted, the front end of the seat front inner shell 16 b in the seat inner shell 16 is pushed downward and backward by the tape 155. Therefore, the seat front inner shell 16b is deformed so as to be wound downward together with the seat cushion material 17 (see the one-dot chain line in FIG. 26B). Thereby, the front-rear width (depth) of the seat 2 changes.
  • the seat front outer shell 18b is advanced, the front portion of the seat 2 is returned to its original state and deformed by the elastic restoring force of the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat cushion material 17.
  • the seat cushion material 17 is integrated with the seat inner shell 16 by insert molding, enters the horizontally long slit 159, and also fills the inside of the belt-shaped portion 160. For this reason, the seat cushion material 17 plays the role of an elastic body that stretches the seat front inner shell 16b. As a result, even if the return means such as a spring is not provided, when the seat front outer shell 18b is advanced, the front portion of the seat 2 is reliably returned and deformed.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b is wound downward while being pressed from above by the tape 155, so that the front portion of the seat 2 does not swell upward or near during the winding deformation.
  • the eyes of the horizontally long slits 159 may tend to be widened at the time of winding.
  • the opening of the horizontal slit 159 does not occur, so that the appearance is excellent.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b can be prevented from floating upward. Also in this aspect, it is excellent in aesthetics. Moreover, since it is not necessary to provide an engagement means in the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat front outer shell 18b, it is possible to contribute to simplification of the structure.
  • the tape 155 can be pushed backward from the lower end of the front end of the seat front inner shell 16b, but in this case, the seat front inner shell 16b may be raised upward.
  • the position where the seat front inner shell 16b is pulled can be made as high as possible.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b can be pulled downward to prevent the floating more reliably. Even if a slit groove is provided instead of the hole 162a, the same advantage can be obtained.
  • the two tapes 155 are arranged on the left and right, but can be arranged, for example, on the middle position on the left and right and on the outer three sides.
  • the tape 155 it is also possible to adopt a string or a wire. In this case, it may be arranged at a plurality of locations on the left and right.
  • the seat rear outer shell 18c tilts backward with respect to the seat main outer shell 18a, but the present invention can also be applied to a type that does not include the rear tilt type seat rear outer shell 18c.
  • Various means can be employed as means for deforming the seat front inner shell 16b, such as thinning and thinning, and forming a plurality of laterally elongated grooves in the front and rear.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b is supported by the seat front outer shell 18b.
  • the seat front inner shell 16b can be supported by a slide member that is mounted on the seat receiving member 12 so as to be movable back and forth.
  • the length adjustment mechanism using a flexible member such as a tape or string can be applied to the backrest.
  • the back outer shell is fixed to the fixed back outer shell so that the back upper outer shell can be moved up and down, and the upper end of a flexible member such as tape is locked to the back upper outer shell. Or just fix it.
  • the front connecting hole 191 has a horizontally long form, and the rear connecting hole 191 has a front and back long form. For this reason, the seat inner shell 16 exhibits a high resistance to both the forward and backward displacement and the lateral displacement.
  • the seat rear inner shell 16c of the seat inner shell 16 is connected to the seat rear outer shell 18c at two left and right positions. That is, as shown in FIG. 23 (A), a pair of left and right hook protrusions 193 are projected upward on the seat rear outer shell 18c, while the seat rear inner shell 16c is enlarged in FIG. 23 (C). As shown, an engagement hole 194 into which the hook protrusion 193 is fitted is formed.
  • the hook projection 193 has a T-shape having a head, while the engagement hole 194 has a wide portion 194a into which the hook projection 193 can be fitted and removed. After the hook projection 193 is fitted into the wide portion 194a, the seat rear When the inner shell 16c is shifted to the front, the seat rear inner shell 16c is held so as not to be separated upward with respect to the seat rear outer shell 18c.
  • the seat rear inner shell 16c is first attached to the seat rear outer shell 18c, and then the seat main inner shell 16a is pressed downward with the hook protrusion 193 as a fulcrum, so that The attached clip 190 is fitted into the protruding plate portion 191 of the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • the seat main outer shell 18a may be fixed to the seat receiving member 12 by other means such as screws. Further, when the seat receiving member 12 is not provided, it may be directly fixed to the base.
  • the seat main outer shell 18a is formed with a plurality of base protrusions 195 that support the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the base protrusion 195 is also provided at the rear part of the support part 174. Therefore, the seat front outer shell 18b is formed with a notch 196 for avoiding a collision with the base protrusion 195.
  • a knob 197 is exposed from the square hole from the left side surface of the seat main outer shell 18a.
  • the knob 197 is a part of a lever device that adjusts the depth of the seat 2.
  • a hole for attaching the lever device is formed on the left side surface of the seat main inner shell 16a.
  • the description of the lever device is omitted.
  • a knob 199 can also be seen on the right side surface of the seat main inner shell 16a. This is a dummy knob for facilitating the forward / backward movement operation of the seat 2.
  • a front portion of the seat is configured as a deformable portion that can be wound downward.
  • a front portion of the seat is configured as a deformable portion that can be wound downward.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-220180 is an application of the applicant of the present application, and a seat outer shell on which a seat inner shell is supported is fixed to a seat outer member, and a fixed outer shell is slidable back and forth on the stationary outer shell. The front end portion of the seat inner shell is locked to the distal end portion of the slide outer shell. Further, as a feature of Patent Document 1, the slide outer shell is placed on the fixed outer shell over the entire left and right widths even when the slide outer shell is fully advanced.
  • the slide outer shell is supported by the fixed outer shell over the entire left and right widths in the full stroke of the forward and backward movement, so that the seat stability is excellent. Due to such advantages, high reliability can be obtained even if it is actually embodied in a chair and commercialized.
  • This embodiment is made against the background of such a current situation, and is intended to provide an inner shell (and cushion material) entrainment structure from a different viewpoint from the above publication.
  • the seat depth adjustment mechanism in this embodiment can be generalized to exhibit various aspects.
  • a seat “a chair in which a seat cushion material is stretched on the surface of the seat inner shell, and the front portion of the seat inner shell is formed into a deformation allowing portion that can be wound downward together with the seat cushion material.
  • the flexible member is arranged in an overlapping manner on the upper surface of the deformation-permitting portion of the seat inner shell with the operation portion exposed below the front portion of the seat inner shell, with the operation portion behind When pulled, the seat inner shell is wound downward via the flexible member.
  • the back cushion material is stretched on the surface of the back inner shell, and the upper portion of the back inner shell is formed in a deformation allowing portion that can be wound back together with the back cushion material.
  • the flexible member is arranged on the front surface of the deformation allowing portion in the back inner shell in a state of having an operation portion exposed behind the upper portion of the back inner shell, and the operation portion Can be generalized as a configuration in which the back inner shell is wound back via the flexible member.
  • a linear form such as a string or a wire can be adopted.
  • the aspect which has considerable horizontal width is also employable.
  • the deformation allowing portion of the inner shell is bent and deformed while being pressed from the surface by the flexible member. For this reason, a deformation
  • transformation permission part can be bent equally over the whole. Therefore, the dimensional accuracy of the seat depth and the height of the backrest is excellent, and individual differences can be eliminated. Further, since the deformation permitting portion can be prevented from floating and bulging, the surface can be maintained in a beautiful state in a state where the depth of the seat is reduced or the height of the backrest is reduced.
  • the bending mode of the deformation permissible portion of the seat inner shell may not be constant, but as in the embodiment, when the portion behind the front end is pulled out of the seat inner shell, Since the bending fulcrum can be formed in the seat inner shell, there is an advantage that the seat inner shell can be beautifully wound. This point is an effect that is exhibited without being pulled by a flexible member such as a tape.
  • Adopting a tape-like flexible member as in the embodiment can reduce the area where the flexible member overlaps the deformation-allowing portion of the inner shell, thereby improving the adhesion and adhesion between the inner shell and the cushioning material. Can do.
  • a high adhesive force can be secured, which is particularly beneficial.
  • the flexible member is in the form of a tape, the pulling structure can be simplified (that is, it can be easily attached to the pulling member).
  • the present invention can be embodied in a chair. Therefore, it can be used industrially.

Landscapes

  • Chair Legs, Seat Parts, And Backrests (AREA)
  • Chairs Characterized By Structure (AREA)

Abstract

A backrest 3 is composed of nine elements a-f sectioned vertically and horizontally. An upper-level center element a and a middle-level center element b are connected so as to be able to turn relative to each other, and other adjacent elements are connected so as to be able to turn relative to each other. In a working posture in which a person's body is substantially vertical, the person's hips contact the boundary portion of the middle-level center element b and a lower-level center element c, and side elements d, e, and f turn so as to surround a person sitting. In a rocking state, the middle-level center element b and the lower-level center element c deform toward a flat posture, and the side elements d, e, and f turn so as to widen toward the outer sides.

Description

椅子Chair
 本願発明は、椅子に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a chair.
 例えばオフィスで多用されている回転椅子において、背もたれは、一般に、人の身体に合わせて前面(体圧支持面)が緩く凹んでいる。そして、通常は、背もたれは予め設定した一定の形状のままであり、使用者の身体が当たっていないニュートラル状態であっても、使用者の体圧によって後傾したロッキング状態であっても、背もたれの形状自体は一定のままであることが殆どである。 For example, in a swivel chair frequently used in offices, the backrest is generally loosely dented on the front surface (body pressure support surface) according to the human body. In general, the backrest remains in a preset shape, whether it is in a neutral state where the user's body is not hit or in a rocking state where the user's body pressure is tilted backward. In most cases, the shape itself remains constant.
 しかし、身体を直立させた状態と身体を後傾させたロッキング状態とでは、背もたれに対する身体の当たり方が相違するし、使用者が背もたれに求める役割も相違するから、使用者の姿勢に応じて好適な支持態様が実現されるように、背もたれの形状が変化するのが合理的である。このような視点に立って開発された椅子が、特許文献1,2に開示されている(両者は同一内容である。)。 However, in the state where the body is upright and the rocking state where the body is tilted backward, the way the body touches the backrest is different, and the role that the user requires for the backrest is also different, so depending on the posture of the user It is reasonable to change the shape of the backrest so that a suitable support mode is realized. Chairs developed from such a viewpoint are disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 (both have the same contents).
 特許文献1,2を図示された実施形態(第1実施形態)に基づいて述べると、背もたれは、左右方向にはセンターエリアと左右のサイドエリアとに三分割されて、センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ上段、中段、下段の3段のエレメントに分割されており、従って、背もたれは全体として9枚のエレメント(パート)とからなっている。隣り合ったエレメントは、相対回動できるようにヒンジ部を介して繋がっている。 When Patent Documents 1 and 2 are described based on the illustrated embodiment (first embodiment), the backrest is divided into a center area and a left and right side area in the left-right direction, and the center area and the side area Are divided into upper, middle, and lower three-stage elements, and therefore the backrest is composed of nine elements (parts) as a whole. Adjacent elements are connected via hinges so that they can rotate relative to each other.
 また、特許文献1,2では、各エレメントを台形又は逆台形(或いは、三角形又は逆三角形)の形状に設定することにより、隣り合ったエレメントを連続させており、結果として、9枚のエレメントが複合して1枚の背もたれが構成されている。また、センターエリアの前面とサイドエリアの前面とは、平面視で夾角が鈍角を成すように屈曲姿勢に配置されており、これにより、身体の包み込み機能(フィット機能)が確保されている。 Further, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, by setting each element to a trapezoidal or inverted trapezoidal shape (or a triangle or an inverted triangle), adjacent elements are made continuous. As a result, nine elements are obtained. A single backrest is constructed in combination. In addition, the front surface of the center area and the front surface of the side area are arranged in a bending posture so that the depression angle is an obtuse angle in plan view, thereby ensuring a body wrapping function (fit function).
 また、側面視では、中段エレメントと下段エレメントとが、前向きに凸の山形形状を成す姿勢に設定されている。このため、センターエリアの中段エレメントと下段エレメントとにより、使用者の腰椎部分を支えるランバーサポート部が構成されている。逆に、中段エレメントと上段エレメントとは、前向きに凹となるように(後ろ向きに凸となるように)、直線に近い鈍角に屈曲している。 Also, in a side view, the middle element and the lower element are set in a posture that forms a convex convex chevron shape. For this reason, the lumbar support part which supports a user's lumbar part is comprised by the middle stage element and lower stage element of the center area. In contrast, the middle element and the upper element are bent at an obtuse angle close to a straight line so as to be concave forward (to be convex backward).
 そして、特許文献1,2の椅子は、ロッキング時には、中段エレメントと下段エレメントとは、それらで構成された夾角が大きくなるように(広がるように)に相対姿勢が変化し、これに伴って、サイドエリアはセンターエリアに対して、相対的に後ろ側に回動する。つまり、サイドエリアは、使用者の身体から離れる方向に逃げ回動する。 And when the chairs of Patent Documents 1 and 2 are locked, the relative position of the middle element and the lower element changes so that the depression angle formed by them increases (so as to spread), and accordingly, The side area rotates relatively rearward with respect to the center area. That is, the side area escapes and rotates in a direction away from the user's body.
国際公開WO2013/164078号International Publication WO2013 / 164078 特表2015-519111号公報Special table 2015-519111 gazette
 特許文献1,2は、使用者の姿勢の変化に追従して背もたれの形状(立体形状)が変化するものであり、従って、執務状態とロッキング状態との両方において、身体を好適な状態に支持できると云える。 In Patent Documents 1 and 2, the shape of the backrest (three-dimensional shape) changes following the change in the posture of the user, and therefore the body is supported in a suitable state in both the working state and the locking state. You can do it.
 本願発明は、特許文献1,2が提示した発明を好適に発展させることを主たる目的としている。すなわち、特許文献1,2で実現している機能を向上させることを主たる目的にしている。また、本願には、椅子の各部位について多くの改良された構成が開示されているが、これらの改良された構成は、各種の椅子に適用できる独立した発明として特許の対象になり得るものである。 The main purpose of the present invention is to suitably develop the inventions presented in Patent Documents 1 and 2. That is, the main purpose is to improve the functions realized in Patent Documents 1 and 2. In addition, the present application discloses many improved configurations for each part of the chair, but these improved configurations can be the subject of patents as independent inventions that can be applied to various chairs. is there.
 本願発明は、多彩な構成を備えている。すなわち、本願は、第1発明以下の多数の発明で構成されている。 The present invention has various configurations. That is, the present application is composed of a number of inventions below the first invention.
 ロッキング可能な背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、前記サイドエリアはセンターエリアに対して相対的に前後方向に屈曲可能な構成であって、
 前記背もたれに着座者の荷重が全くかかっていない状態をニュートラル状態として、
 着座者の腰部だけがセンターエリアに当たる執務状態では、前記左右のサイドエリアは前記ニュートラルから着座者を包む方向に屈曲し、
 着座者が背中をセンターエリアに当てて背もたれがロッキングすると、前記左右のサイドエリアは、前記ニュートラル状態を基準にして着座者から離れる方向に屈曲する、
という動きを成すように設定されている。
A lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on both the left and right sides of the center area, the side area being relative to the center area And can be bent in the longitudinal direction.
A state in which the seater's load is not applied to the backrest at all is a neutral state,
In the working state where only the lumbar part of the seated person hits the center area, the left and right side areas bend in the direction of wrapping the seated person from the neutral,
When the seat occupant puts his back against the center area and the backrest locks, the left and right side areas bend in a direction away from the seat occupant based on the neutral state.
It is set to make a movement.
 第2発明の椅子は、第1発明の展開例であり、第1発明において、まず、
「前記センターエリアは、着座者の腰部を境にして上に位置した中段センターエレメントと、前記中段センターエレメントの下に位置した下段センターエレメントとを有しており、中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとにより、着座者の腰部に向いて山形の形態が構成されていて、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとは夾角が変化するように相対回動可能である」
という基本構成を備えている。
The chair of the second invention is a development example of the first invention. In the first invention, first,
“The center area has a middle center element located above the waist of the seated person and a lower center element located below the middle center element. The middle center element and the lower center element Thus, a mountain-shaped configuration is formed toward the waist of the seated person, and the middle center element and the lower center element are relatively rotatable so that the depression angle changes. ''
It has a basic configuration.
 そして、上記基本構成において、前記ニュートラル状態から執務状態へ移行すると、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとが着座者の腰部で押されて両者の成す夾角が大きくなることに連動して、前記サイドエリアが着座者を包む方向に屈曲するように設定されている。 In the basic configuration, when the neutral state is shifted to the office state, the side center element and the lower center element are pushed by the waist of the seated person, and the depression angle formed by the two is increased. The area is set to bend in the direction of wrapping the seated person.
 第3発明も第1発明の展開例であり、第2発明と同じ前提の構成の下で、ロッキング状態に、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が小さくなることに連動して、前記サイドエリアが着座者から離れる方向に広がり変形する、という構成になっている。 The third invention is also a development example of the first invention, and under the same premise configuration as the second invention, in a locking state, in conjunction with a decrease in the included angle between the middle center element and the lower center element, The side area is configured to spread and deform in a direction away from the seated person.
 第4発明は、第2発明又は第3発明を構造的に特徴つけたものである。すなわち、第4発明は、まず、前記背もたれは、着座者の腰部よりも上に位置した部分を回動支点にして前後方向に回動し得るように背支柱に連結されており、前記背もたれのうち回動支点よりも下の部分と前記背支柱との間に、前記背もたれと背支柱との相対的な角度の変化によって弾性変形する弾性体を配置している。 The fourth invention is structurally characterized by the second or third invention. That is, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the backrest is first connected to a back column so that the backrest can be rotated in the front-rear direction with a portion positioned above the waist of the seated person as a rotation fulcrum. An elastic body that is elastically deformed by a change in the relative angle between the backrest and the back column is disposed between the portion below the pivot point and the back column.
 更に、第4発明は、前記ニュートラル状態では、前記弾性体が殆ど又は全く変形しない基準状態になっていることによって前記背もたれのニュートラル状態が保持されており、
 背もたれがニュートラル状態から執務状態に移行すると、前記弾性体が基準状態から一方方向に変形し、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が大きくなり、これに連動して前記各サイドエリアがセンターエレメントとの夾角を小さくするように屈曲するものである一方、
 ロッキング状態で着座者の体圧が前記回動支点よりも上の部位に強くかかると、前記弾性体が前記基準状態から他方方向に変形し、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が小さくなり、これに連動して前記各サイドエリアがセンターエレメントとの夾角を大きくするように屈曲する。
Further, in the fourth aspect, the neutral state of the backrest is maintained by being in a reference state in which the elastic body is hardly or not deformed in the neutral state.
When the backrest shifts from the neutral state to the working state, the elastic body is deformed in one direction from the reference state, and the included angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element is increased, and each side is interlocked with this. While the area bends to reduce the included angle with the center element,
If the body pressure of the seated person is strongly applied to the portion above the pivot point in the locked state, the elastic body is deformed in the other direction from the reference state, and the middle center element and the lower center element are formed. The depression angle is decreased, and the side areas are bent so as to increase the depression angle with the center element.
 第5発明は第2発明又は第3発明の展開例であり、この発明では、前記弾性体の変形は、伸縮変形と曲がり変形とが複合した変形を含んでいる。なお、請求項5に加えて、又は請求項5に代えて、ねじれ変形を含んでいてもよい。 The fifth invention is a development example of the second or third invention, and in this invention, the deformation of the elastic body includes a deformation in which expansion and contraction deformation and bending deformation are combined. In addition to or instead of claim 5, twisting deformation may be included.
 第6発明は、第1発明とは独立した発明である。この第6発明の椅子は、
 ロッキング可能な背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、
 前記センターエリアは、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のセンターエレメントから成っている一方、
 前記サイドエリアは、前記センターエリアのエレメントに対応して、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のサイドエレメントから成っており、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、前記センターエリアに対して屈曲可能に繋がっていると共に、上下に隣り合ったエレメントの相互間も屈曲可能に繋がっている構成であって、
 着座者のもたれかりによって背もたれがロッキングすると、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、着座者から離れてセンターエリアのエレメントとの夾角を広げるように屈曲する。
The sixth invention is an invention independent of the first invention. The chair of this sixth invention is
The lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area,
While the center area is composed of a plurality of center elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view,
The side area is composed of a plurality of side elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements of the center area, and each element of the side area is in relation to the center area. In addition to being connected to bendable, the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are also connected to bendable,
When the backrest is locked by the seated person's backrest, each element in the side area bends away from the seated person so as to widen the depression angle with the element in the center area.
 第7発明は、第1又は第6発明の好適な展開例である。すなわち、この発明では、第1又は第6の発明において、
 前記センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ中段エレメントと上段エレメントと下段エレメントとの3段のエレメントから成っており、
 中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとを側面視で前向き凸の姿勢に配置ことにより、着座者の腰椎部分を支持する突部が形成されており、
 前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとは相対的に屈曲可能であり、中段センターエレメントは上段センターエレメントとは屈曲不能に保持されている。
The seventh invention is a preferred development of the first or sixth invention. That is, in this invention, in the first or sixth invention,
The center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element,
By arranging the middle center element and the lower center element in a forward convex posture in a side view, a protrusion that supports the lumbar portion of the seated person is formed,
The middle-stage center element and the lower-stage center element can be bent relatively, and the middle-stage center element is held so as not to be bent with respect to the upper-stage center element.
 第8発明は、第1,第6の発明とは独立している。この発明は、
 背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、
 前記センターエリアは、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のエレメントから成っている一方、
 前記サイドエリアは、前記センターエリアのエレメントに対応して、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のエレメントから成っており、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、前記センターエリアに対して屈曲可能に繋がっていると共に、上下に隣り合ったエレメントの相互間も屈曲可能に繋がっており、
 着座者の動きにより、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、着座者を包み込む方向に姿勢が変化するか、又は、着座者から離れる方向に姿勢が変化する構成であって、
 前記センターエリアを構成する複数のエレメントのうち着座者の腰部よりも上に位置して上下に隣り合った少なくとも2つのエレメントが、相対的に屈曲しない非屈曲エレメントになっている一方、前記サイドエリアのエレメントは、前記非屈曲エレメントに対して屈曲可能に繋がっている。
The eighth invention is independent of the first and sixth inventions. This invention
The backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area,
While the center area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction with a bent posture in side view,
The side area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements in the center area, and each element in the side area is bent with respect to the center area. Are connected to each other, and the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are connected to each other so that they can be bent.
According to the movement of the seated person, each element of the side area has a configuration in which the posture changes in the direction of wrapping the seated person, or the posture changes in the direction away from the seated person,
Among the plurality of elements constituting the center area, at least two elements that are located above the waist of the seated person and are adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are non-bent elements that do not bend relatively. The element is connected to the non-bending element so that it can be bent.
 第9発明は、第8発明において、
 前記センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ中段エレメントと上段エレメントと下段エレメントとの3段のエレメントから成っており、
 前記センターエリアの中段エレメントと下段エレメントとを側面視で前向き凸の姿勢に繋ぐことにより、着座の腰椎部分を支持するランバーサポート部が形成されており、
 前記センターエリアの中段エレメントと下段エレメントとは屈曲可能であり、中段エレメントと上段エレメントとは屈曲不能に連続している。
A ninth invention is the eighth invention,
The center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element,
A lumbar support part that supports the lumbar part of the seating is formed by connecting the middle element and the lower element of the center area to a forwardly convex posture in a side view,
The middle element and the lower element in the center area are bendable, and the middle element and the upper element are continuous so as not to bend.
 第10発明は、第1発明、第6発明、第8発明において、
 前記背もたれは、その表面全体に広がるクッション材を備えており、前記クッション材のうち隣り合ったエレメントの境界部は溝で区画されており、前記各エレメントの表面は平坦状になっている。
The tenth invention is the first invention, the sixth invention, the eighth invention,
The backrest includes a cushion material that extends over the entire surface of the backrest. A boundary portion between adjacent elements of the cushion material is partitioned by a groove, and the surface of each element is flat.
 第11発明は、第10発明を具体化したもので、この発明では、
 座は、その上面全体に広がる座クッション材を有しており、前記クッション材に、当該クッション材を左右方向と前後方向とに両方向において複数のエレメントに区画する複数本の溝が形成されており、かつ、
 前記背クッション材におけるエレメントのパターンと座クッション材におけるエレメントとが対称に近い形態になっている。
The eleventh aspect of the invention embodies the tenth aspect of the invention.
The seat has a seat cushion material that extends over the entire upper surface, and the cushion material is formed with a plurality of grooves that divide the cushion material into a plurality of elements in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction. ,And,
The pattern of the element in the back cushion material and the element in the seat cushion material are in a form close to symmetry.
 第12発明も第10発明の展開例であえ、この発明では、
 前記背クッション材の表面には表皮材が張られており、前記表皮材をインサート成形によって背クッション材に一体に固着することにより、表皮材が前記溝の内部に入り込むと共に全体として張った状態で背クッション材に接着されている。
The twelfth invention is also a development example of the tenth invention, and in this invention,
A skin material is stretched on the surface of the back cushion material, and by fixing the skin material integrally to the back cushion material by insert molding, the skin material enters the inside of the groove and is stretched as a whole. Bonded to back cushion material.
 請求項13発明も第10発明の展開例例であり、この発明では、
 前記背もたれは、その背面を構成する背アウターシェルと前面を構成する背クッション材とを備えており、前記背アウターシェルの背面には、前記背クッション材の溝と前後対称状に溝が形成されている。
The invention of claim 13 is also a development example of the tenth invention.
The backrest includes a back outer shell constituting the back surface and a back cushion material constituting the front surface, and a groove is formed on the back surface of the back outer shell symmetrically with the groove of the back cushion material. ing.
 第14発明も第10発明の展開例であり、この発明では、
 前記溝は、開口縁の間隔よりも底部の間隔が狭くなっている断面略V形又は略U形若しくは略台形であって、前記背クッション材の厚さ寸法の半分程度かそれに近い深さ寸法に設定されている。
The 14th invention is also a development example of the 10th invention.
The groove has a substantially V-shaped, substantially U-shaped or substantially trapezoidal cross-section in which the distance between the bottoms is narrower than the distance between the opening edges, and the depth dimension is about half the thickness dimension of the back cushion material. Is set to
 (1).第1発明の効果
 人が椅子を使用するにおいて、椅子に求められる機能は、椅子の使用態様によって相違する。例えば、机に向かってパソコン操作のような執務を行う場合は、身体への負担の軽減という点からは、上半身をほぼ直立姿勢に保持する機能が求められる。この点、第1発明では、サイドエリアが着座者の上半身を左右から抱持するように変形するため、身体の安定性を高めることができる。
(1). Effect of the first invention When a person uses a chair, the function required of the chair differs depending on the use mode of the chair. For example, when working at a desk, such as operating a personal computer, a function that holds the upper body in an upright position is required from the viewpoint of reducing the burden on the body. In this regard, in the first invention, since the side area is deformed so as to hold the upper body of the seated person from the left and right, the stability of the body can be enhanced.
 さて、人が椅子に腰掛けて上半身を略直立させた執務姿勢を採る場合、人は、骨盤を安定させるために筋肉等に負担がかかっている。つまり、上半身を直立姿勢に保持するためには、骨盤やこれを包む筋肉や腰椎に負担が掛かっている。従って、何らの支えがないと、人の疲労が徐々に増大していくのである。 Now, when a person sits on a chair and takes an office posture in which the upper body is almost upright, the person is burdened with muscles and the like to stabilize the pelvis. In other words, in order to hold the upper body in an upright posture, the pelvis, the muscles that wrap it, and the lumbar spine are burdened. Therefore, without any support, human fatigue gradually increases.
 そして、腰部を後ろから支えると、筋肉や腰椎に対する負担が軽減されるが、身体は左右方向にも傾こうとするため、筋肉や腰椎は左右方向の倒れを抑止するようにも働いており、従って、単に後ろから腰部を支えるだけでは、執務状態を長時間継続する場合に、身体の負担を軽減し難いおそれがある。 And if you support the lumbar part from the back, the burden on the muscles and lumbar spine is reduced, but since the body tries to lean in the left and right direction, the muscles and lumbar spine also work to suppress the lateral collapse, Therefore, simply supporting the lower back from the back may make it difficult to reduce the burden on the body when the working state is continued for a long time.
 この点、第1発明では、着座者の腰部は左右方向からもサポートされ得るため、身体が左右に倒れないように保持するための身体的負担を軽減できる。その結果、執務状態を長時間継続する場合でも、使用者の身体の負担を著しく軽減できるのである。 In this regard, in the first invention, the seated person's lower back can be supported from the left and right directions, so the physical burden for holding the body from falling to the left and right can be reduced. As a result, the burden on the user's body can be remarkably reduced even when the working state is continued for a long time.
 なお、人の体格は様々であるので、執務状態で、サイドエリアが当たる場合も当たらない場合もあり得る。この点、サイドエリアが左右から当たった状態になっていなくても、身体が左右に傾くとサイドエリアにすぐに当たって大きく触れることを抑制できるため、体格が小さな人であっても、身体の安定性は保持されている。従って、体格が小さいからといった本願発明の価値が減ずることはない。 In addition, since the physiques of people vary, there may be cases where the side area hits or does not win in the office state. In this regard, even if the physique is small, even if the physique is small, the side area can be prevented from touching and touching the side area immediately if it is tilted to the left or right Is retained. Therefore, the value of the present invention is not reduced because the physique is small.
 成人の標準的な体格を基準にして設計し、標準的な人が執務状態のときにサイドエリアが腰部に軽く当たるといった程度に設定しておいて、ある程度の体格の違いはサイドエリアの回動量で吸収するのが現実的であると云える。もとより、体格の違いに対応して、複数種類の椅子を用意しておくことも可能である。 Designed based on the standard physique of adults, and set so that the side area lightly touches the lower back when a standard person is working, the difference in physique to some extent is the amount of rotation of the side area It can be said that it is realistic to absorb it. Of course, it is also possible to prepare a plurality of types of chairs corresponding to differences in physique.
 他方、ロッキング状態では、背もたれによるホールド性が高過ぎると、窮屈に感じることがある。この点、第1発明では、ロッキング時にはサイドエリアが広がり変形して、背もたれは平な方向になる傾向を呈するため、上半身の自由性が高まって、安楽性を高めることができる。 On the other hand, in the rocking state, if the holdability by the backrest is too high, it may feel cramped. In this respect, in the first invention, the side area is expanded and deformed when rocking, and the backrest tends to be in a flat direction, so that the freedom of the upper body is increased and the comfort can be enhanced.
 このように、第1発明では、椅子の使用態様によって背もたれの変形の態様が異なって、使用者が欲する機能を提供することができる。従って、椅子を使用感に優れたものとすることができる。 Thus, in the first invention, the mode of deformation of the backrest differs depending on the mode of use of the chair, and the function desired by the user can be provided. Therefore, the chair can be made excellent in the feeling of use.
 (2).第2~第5発明の付随効果
 第2発明では、中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとから成る凸部によって着座者の腰部が支えられるため、第1発明の効果を助長できて好適である。また、第3発明では、中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す角度が変化することにより、執務状態とロッキング状態とのそれぞれの状態で、背もたれを好適な形態に変更できる。従って、簡単な構造により、使用感に優れた椅子となすことができる。
(2). Concomitant Effects of the Second to Fifth Inventions In the second invention, the seated person's waist is supported by the convex portion formed of the middle center element and the lower center element, so that the effect of the first invention can be promoted and suitable. It is. In the third invention, the backrest can be changed to a suitable form in each of the working state and the locking state by changing the angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element. Therefore, a simple structure can be used as a chair with excellent usability.
 第4発明を採用すると、背もたれの回動を利用してサイドエリアを広げ変形させることができるため、構造を簡単化できる。この点、大きな利点である。また、背もたれは、弾性体が基準状態を挟んだ2つの方向に変形することにより、執務状態とロッキング状態への移行を許容しつつ、ニュートラル状態に保持することが実現される。従って、簡単な構造により、背もたれを3つの状態に変化させることを容易に実現できる。 When the fourth invention is adopted, the structure can be simplified because the side area can be expanded and deformed by using the rotation of the backrest. This is a great advantage. In addition, the backrest can be held in the neutral state while allowing the elastic body to be deformed in two directions with the reference state sandwiched between the working state and the locking state. Therefore, it is possible to easily change the backrest into three states with a simple structure.
 第5発明のように、弾性体の伸縮と曲がりとを利用して背もたれの姿勢(傾き)を制御すると、弾性体のへたりを抑制して耐久性を向上できる。また、比較的硬い弾性体であっても曲げは容易であることが多いため、背もたれと背支柱との相対的な回動角度が大きくても、しっかりと追従して変形させることができる。従って、背もたれの姿勢制御機能に優れている。 As in the fifth aspect of the invention, when the posture (tilt) of the backrest is controlled using the expansion and contraction and bending of the elastic body, the sag of the elastic body can be suppressed and the durability can be improved. In addition, since it is often easy to bend even with a relatively hard elastic body, even if the relative rotation angle between the backrest and the back column is large, the elastic body can be firmly followed and deformed. Therefore, the posture control function of the backrest is excellent.
 (3).第6,7発明の効果
 第6発明は、第1発明のうちのロッキング時における動きを取り出したものであり、身体の自由性を高めて安楽性を向上できることは、上記したとおりである。
(3). Effects of the sixth and seventh inventions The sixth invention is the one obtained by extracting the movement at the time of locking of the first invention, and it is possible to improve the comfort by improving the freedom of the body as described above. It is.
 センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、例えば、それぞれ上下2段に区分することが可能である。背もたれの高さが小さい場合は、このような区分態様でも構わない。他方、背もたれが、例えば肩まで当たるような高さのハイバック仕様であると、第7発明のように、センターエリアとサイドエリアとを3段ずつに分けると、サイドエリアの動きを滑らかにして身体の支持機能を向上できる。 The center area and the side area can be divided into two upper and lower tiers, for example. In the case where the height of the backrest is small, such a division mode may be used. On the other hand, if the backrest is a high-back specification that hits the shoulder, for example, as in the seventh invention, the center area and the side area are divided into three stages, and the movement of the side area is smoothed. The support function can be improved.
 (4).第8,9発明の効果
 特許文献1,2では、センターエリアは3段に構成されており、上下に隣り合ったエレメントは相対回動可能である。この態様では、身体に対するフィット性は高いと云えるが、身体の安定性が低下するおそれある。この点、第8発明では、センターエリアを構成する複数のエレメントを屈曲しない構成とすることにより、身体を安定性を向上できる。
(4) Effects of the eighth and ninth inventions In Patent Documents 1 and 2, the center area is configured in three stages, and the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction can be rotated relative to each other. In this aspect, it can be said that the fit to the body is high, but the stability of the body may be reduced. In this regard, in the eighth invention, the stability of the body can be improved by adopting a configuration in which the plurality of elements constituting the center area are not bent.
 特に、第9発明のように、中段センターエレメントと上段センターエレメントとを屈曲しない態様に設定すると、例えば、センターエリアの全体としては側面視姿勢が変化することを許容しつつ、高い身体安定性を確保できる利点がある。 In particular, as in the ninth aspect of the invention, when the middle center element and the upper center element are set so as not to be bent, for example, the center area as a whole is allowed to change its side view posture, and has high body stability. There is an advantage that can be secured.
 つまり、背もたれが過度に変形すると、例えば身体を左又は右にねじったときに、背もたれもそれに連れて変形しすぎて、いわば、身体が過度にねじれる傾向を呈して却って身体への負担がかかる場合があるが、第9発明のように、中段センターエレメントと上段センターエレメントとを剛体構造にすると、身体のねじりを負担なく行える。身体が後ろに過度に曲がった場合も、頭が後傾し過ぎて首に負担がかかったり、元に戻すために腹筋を使用せねならなくなって負担がかかったりすることがあるが、第9発明では、身体が過度に後ろに曲がることも防止できる。この面でも、身体の安楽性の保持機能に優れている。 In other words, when the backrest is deformed excessively, for example, when the body is twisted to the left or right, the backrest is also deformed too much, so to speak, the body tends to be twisted excessively, so that the burden on the body is increased. However, if the middle center element and the upper center element have a rigid structure as in the ninth aspect of the invention, the body can be twisted without burden. Even if the body bends excessively backwards, the head may tilt too much and strain on the neck, or the abdominal muscles must be used to return to the original position. In the invention, it is possible to prevent the body from bending excessively backward. Also in this aspect, it has an excellent body comfort keeping function.
 更に、第9発明では、上段サイドエレメントと中段サイドエレメントとを接続部するヒンジ部に過大な引っ張りがかかることを防止して、信頼性を向上できる利点もある。 Furthermore, in the ninth invention, there is an advantage that reliability can be improved by preventing an excessive tension from being applied to the hinge portion connecting the upper side element and the middle side element.
 (5).第10発明以下の効果
 第10発明では、クッション材は全体として一連に広がっているため、背もたれの組み立ては容易であるし、寸法精度も高くなる。また、各エレメントの表面は平坦状であるため、過剰な装飾性を無くして人に好ましい印象を与えることができる。すなわち、デザイン的に洗練されたものとすることができる。また、各エレメントが平坦状であることにより、身体支持体が広い面積にわたって人の身体に当たるため、身体へのフィット性も向上できる。
(5). Effects after the tenth invention In the tenth invention, since the cushion material spreads in a series as a whole, the assembly of the backrest is easy and the dimensional accuracy is also improved. Further, since the surface of each element is flat, it is possible to give a favorable impression to a person without excessive decoration. That is, it can be refined in design. Moreover, since each element is flat, the body supporter hits the human body over a wide area, so that fit to the body can be improved.
 また、上記のとおり溝は美粧効果を有するが、本願発明では、クッション材のうち溝の個所が薄肉化されたヒンジ部になるため、身体支持体の形状の変化の容易性と美粧効果とを一挙に達成できる利点がある。溝は美粧効果を有するが、この美粧効果は必ずしもヒンジ機能と一体ではないので、第10発明の特徴は、隣り合ったエレメントが屈曲しない背もたれや座にも適用できる。すなわち、第10発明は、それ自体として独立した発明足りうる。 Further, as described above, the groove has a cosmetic effect, but in the present invention, since the groove portion of the cushion material becomes a thinned hinge part, the ease of changing the shape of the body support and the cosmetic effect are improved. There are advantages that can be achieved at once. The groove has a cosmetic effect, but since this cosmetic effect is not necessarily integral with the hinge function, the feature of the tenth invention can be applied to a backrest or a seat where adjacent elements are not bent. That is, the tenth invention can be an independent invention as such.
 第11発明を採用すると、背もたれの模様と座の模様とがデザイン的に統一されるため、椅子全体として人を引き付ける高い美的効果を一層向上できる。 When the eleventh invention is adopted, the backrest pattern and the seat pattern are unified in design, so that the high aesthetic effect of attracting people as a whole chair can be further improved.
 クッション材の表面には表皮材が張られているのが普通であるが、第12発明の構成を採用すると、表皮材は、溝に入り込ませた状態でしかも張った状態でクッション材に接着できるため、デザイン性の向上という効果を確実化できる。また、溝の存在によってクッション材の表面積が増えるため、表皮材の接着強度を向上できるという技術的な効果もある。 Although the skin material is usually stretched on the surface of the cushion material, when the structure of the twelfth invention is adopted, the skin material can be bonded to the cushion material in a state of being in the groove and being stretched. Therefore, the effect of improving the design can be ensured. Further, since the surface area of the cushion material is increased due to the presence of the groove, there is also a technical effect that the adhesive strength of the skin material can be improved.
 第13発明では、背もたれの前面と背面とが統一されたデザインになるため、美粧効果を高めて商品価値の向上に一層貢献できると云える。 In the thirteenth invention, since the front and back of the backrest are unified, it can be said that the cosmetic effect can be enhanced and the product value can be further improved.
 溝で形成される模様は任意に設定できるが、実施形態のように幾何学模様を採用すると、溝は直接でよいため、クッション材を成形する金型の加工が容易になる利点がある。また、第14発明を採用すると、溝は、いわば目が開いたような状態になっているため、視認性が高くて人目を引く美粧効果に優れている。また、インサート成形のように型類を使用して溝を加工する場合、型抜きが容易であるため、成形が容易である。 The pattern formed by the groove can be arbitrarily set. However, when the geometric pattern is employed as in the embodiment, the groove may be directly, and thus there is an advantage that the mold for molding the cushion material can be easily processed. Further, when the fourteenth invention is adopted, the groove is in a state where the eyes are open, so that the visibility is high and the eye-catching cosmetic effect is excellent. Further, when a groove is machined using a mold as in insert molding, it is easy to mold, so that molding is easy.
実施形態に係る椅子の外観を示す図で、(A)は前から見た全体の斜視図、(B)は平面図、(C)は後ろから見た斜視図である。It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the chair which concerns on embodiment, (A) is the whole perspective view seen from the front, (B) is a top view, (C) is the perspective view seen from back. 実施形態に係る椅子の外観を示す図で、(A)は正面図、(B)は背面図、(C)は側面図、(D)は背もたれのみの正面図である。It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the chair which concerns on embodiment, (A) is a front view, (B) is a rear view, (C) is a side view, (D) is a front view of only a backrest. 背もたれの動きを示す図で、(A)は非ロッキング状態への移行を示す側面図、(B)はロッキング状態への移行を示す側面図、(C)は各状態を併記した平面図である。It is a figure which shows the motion of a backrest, (A) is a side view which shows the transition to a non-locking state, (B) is a side view which shows the transition to a locking state, (C) is a top view which described each state together . 主として座部とベース部とを表示した分離斜視図である。It is the isolation | separation perspective view which mainly displayed the seat part and the base part. (A)は下段センターエレメントと後部座アウターシェルとの分離斜視図、(B)は下段センターエレメントと後部座アウターシェルとを連結した状態の斜視図である。(A) is the isolation | separation perspective view of a lower stage center element and a rear seat outer shell, (B) is a perspective view of the state which connected the lower stage center element and the rear seat outer shell. 背もたれを示す図で、(A)は背アウターシェルを示した斜視図、(B)は背アウターシェルを省略した斜視図である。It is a figure which shows a backrest, (A) is the perspective view which showed the back outer shell, (B) is the perspective view which abbreviate | omitted the back outer shell. (A)は背もたれの分離斜視図、(B)は背クッション材を後ろから見た斜視図である。(A) is the isolation | separation perspective view of a backrest, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the back cushion material from back. 背もたれの構成要素の分離斜視図である。It is a separate perspective view of the component of a backrest. (A)は背インナー枠を後ろから見た斜視図、(B)は背インナー枠を下方から見た部分斜視図、(B)は背インナー枠の部分的な側面図である。(A) is the perspective view which looked at the back inner frame from back, (B) is the partial perspective view which looked at the back inner frame from the lower part, (B) is the partial side view of a back inner frame. (A)は背支柱と背アウターシェルとの関係を示す斜視図、(B)は背アウターシェルを下方から見た部分的な斜視図である。(A) is the perspective view which shows the relationship between a back support | pillar and a back outer shell, (B) is the partial perspective view which looked at the back outer shell from the downward direction. 背支柱と背アウターシェルとの関係を示す図で、(A)は全体の分離斜視図、(B)は背支柱と押さえ部材との関係を示す斜視図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship between a back support | pillar and a back outer shell, (A) is the whole isolation | separation perspective view, (B) is a perspective view which shows the relationship between a back support | pillar and a pressing member. 背支柱と背アウターシェルとの関係を示す図で、(A)は図2(A)の XIIA-XIIA視部分断面図、(B)は押さえ部材の締結個所での縦断側面図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship between a back support | pillar and a back outer shell, (A) is the XIIA-XIIA partial sectional view of FIG. 2 (A), and (B) is a vertical side view in the fastening part of a pressing member. (A)は図2(A)の XIIIA-XIIIA視断面図、断面図、(B)は図2(A)の XIIIB-XIIIB視断面図、(C)(D)は背アウターシェルの製造装置及び方法の例を示す要部断面図である。2A is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIIIA-XIIIA in FIG. 2A, FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIIIB-XIIIB in FIG. 2A, and FIGS. It is principal part sectional drawing which shows the example of a method. (A)はクッションを省略した状態での背もたれの部分的な斜視図、(B)はアウターシェルの部一部斜視図である。(A) is a partial perspective view of the backrest with the cushion omitted, and (B) is a partial perspective view of the outer shell. (A)はクッションを省略した状態での背もたれの部分的な斜視図、(B)は背アウターシェルの部分的な斜視図である。(A) is a partial perspective view of the backrest in a state where the cushion is omitted, and (B) is a partial perspective view of the back outer shell. (A)は背もたれを図9の XVIA-XVIA視個所で見た断面図、(B)(C)はクリップの斜視図、(D)は背インナー枠を背アウターシェルに取り付ける手順を示す断面図である。(A) is a cross-sectional view of the backrest as seen from the position XVIA-XVIA in FIG. 9, (B) (C) is a perspective view of the clip, (D) is a cross-sectional view showing the procedure for attaching the back inner frame to the back outer shell It is. (A)は背支持フレームの取り付け構造を示す分離斜視図、(B)は傾動ベースと固定ベースとの関係を示す分離斜視図である。(A) is an isolation | separation perspective view which shows the attachment structure of a back support frame, (B) is an isolation | separation perspective view which shows the relationship between a tilting base and a fixed base. (A)は座支持部材と傾動ベースとの関係を示す分離斜視図、(B)は傾動フレーム及び背支持フレームの動きを示す図である。(A) is a separated perspective view showing the relationship between the seat support member and the tilt base, (B) is a diagram showing the movement of the tilt frame and the back support frame. (A)はベース部の分離斜視図、(B)はベース部と座とを下方から斜視図である。(A) is an exploded perspective view of the base portion, and (B) is a perspective view of the base portion and the seat from below. 座部の中央部縦断側面図である。It is a center part vertical side view of a seat part. (A)は座を構成する座クッションと座インナーシェルとの分離斜視図、(B)は座インナーシェルの部分拡大図である。(A) is the isolation | separation perspective view of the seat cushion and seat inner shell which comprise a seat, (B) is the elements on larger scale of a seat inner shell. (A)は座部の分離斜視図、(B)はメインアウターシェルの部分拡大斜視図である。(A) is the isolation | separation perspective view of a seat part, (B) is the elements on larger scale of the main outer shell. (A)は座インナーシェルと座アウターシェルとの分離斜視図、(B)は座インナーシェルの後端部の部分拡大斜視図、(C)は座アウターシェルの後部の部分拡大斜視図である。(A) is a separated perspective view of a seat inner shell and a seat outer shell, (B) is a partially enlarged perspective view of a rear end portion of the seat inner shell, and (C) is a partially enlarged perspective view of a rear portion of the seat outer shell. . 座インナーシェルと座アウターシェルとを左右に並べた分離平面図である。It is the isolation | separation top view which arranged the seat inner shell and the seat outer shell side by side. (A)はフロントアウターシェルと中間アウターシェルとの分離斜視図、(B)はフロントアウターシェルを中間アウターシェルに装着した状態で下方から見た斜視図である。(A) is the isolation | separation perspective view of a front outer shell and an intermediate | middle outer shell, (B) is the perspective view seen from the bottom in the state which mounted | wore the intermediate | middle outer shell with the front outer shell. 図24のXXVI-XXVI 視個所での座の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the seat in the XXVI-XXVI viewing location of FIG. 背もたれ及び座の表面の模様・パターンの別例を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows another example of the pattern and pattern of the surface of a backrest and a seat.
 次に、本願発明の実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。本実施形態は、オフィス用に多用されている回転椅子に適用している。以下の説明で、方向を特定するため前後・左右の文言を使用するが、これは、椅子に普通に腰掛けた人から見た状態として定義している。正面視は、着座者と対向した方向から見た状態である。 Next, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. This embodiment is applied to a swivel chair often used for offices. In the following explanation, front / rear / left / right words are used to specify the direction, which is defined as a state viewed from a person who normally sits on a chair. The front view is a state seen from the direction facing the seated person.
 (1).椅子の概要
 まず、図1~図5に基づいて椅子の概要を説明する。椅子の基本構成は従来と同様であり、図1,2に示すように、主要構成要素として、脚装置1、座2、背もたれ3を備えている。また、オプション品として、肘掛け装置4とハンガー5とヘッドレスト6とを備えている。肘掛け装置4は左右一対で1セットであるが、図では片方しか表示していない。
(1). Outline of Chair First, an outline of the chair will be described with reference to FIGS. The basic configuration of the chair is the same as that of the prior art, and as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a leg device 1, a seat 2, and a backrest 3 are provided as main components. Moreover, the armrest device 4, the hanger 5, and the headrest 6 are provided as optional items. The armrest device 4 is a set of left and right pairs, but only one of them is shown in the figure.
 脚装置1はガスシリンダより成る脚支柱7を有しており、脚支柱7は、放射状に広がる複数本の枝アーム8で支持されている。各枝アーム8の先端にはキャスタを設けている。図3に示すように、脚支柱7の上端には固定ベース9が取り付けられており、固定ベース9のうち脚支柱5よりも手前側の部位に、傾動ベース10が左右横長の支軸11によって後傾動可能に連結されている。これら固定ベース9と傾動ベース10とを主要部材として、座2と背もたれ3とが取り付くベース部が構成されている。 The leg device 1 has a leg support 7 made of a gas cylinder, and the leg support 7 is supported by a plurality of branch arms 8 extending radially. A caster is provided at the tip of each branch arm 8. As shown in FIG. 3, a fixed base 9 is attached to the upper end of the leg column 7, and the tilting base 10 is supported by a horizontally long support shaft 11 in a portion of the fixed base 9 on the front side of the leg column 5. It is connected so that it can tilt backward. With the fixed base 9 and the tilting base 10 as main members, a base portion to which the seat 2 and the backrest 3 are attached is configured.
 図4に示すように、固定ベース9と傾動ベース10とによって、座受け部材12が支持されている。また、傾動ベース10に、背もたれ3が取り付く背支持フレーム13を固定している。従って、背もたれ3は、傾動ベース10と一緒にロッキングする。また、座受け部材12は、傾動ベース9の後傾動に連動して後退及び後傾する。従って、座2は、背もたれ3の後傾動に連動して後退及び後傾する(シンクロする。)。肘掛け装置4は、座受け部材12に固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the seat receiving member 12 is supported by the fixed base 9 and the tilting base 10. A back support frame 13 to which the backrest 3 is attached is fixed to the tilting base 10. Accordingly, the backrest 3 locks together with the tilting base 10. Further, the seat receiving member 12 moves backward and backward in conjunction with the backward tilt of the tilt base 9. Accordingly, the seat 2 moves backward and backward (synchronizes) in conjunction with the backward tilting of the backrest 3. The armrest device 4 is fixed to the seat receiving member 12.
 図示していないが、固定ベース9の内部には、ロッキングに対して抵抗を付与するロッキングばねが配置されている。ロッキングばねの硬さは、例えば図2に示す弾力調節ハンドル14の回転操作によって調節できる。弾力調節ハンドル14は着座者から見て右側に配置しており、支軸11と同時に配置されている。弾力調節ハンドル14と反対側には、背もたれ3の傾動を制御するロックハンドル15が配置されている。ロックハンドル15も、支軸11と同軸(同心)に配置されている。 Although not shown, a locking spring that provides resistance to locking is disposed inside the fixed base 9. The hardness of the locking spring can be adjusted, for example, by rotating the elasticity adjusting handle 14 shown in FIG. The elasticity adjustment handle 14 is arranged on the right side when viewed from the seated person, and is arranged simultaneously with the support shaft 11. A lock handle 15 that controls the tilting of the backrest 3 is disposed on the opposite side of the elasticity adjusting handle 14. The lock handle 15 is also arranged coaxially (concentrically) with the support shaft 11.
 図4に示すように、座2は、合成樹脂製の座インナーシェル16に座クッション材17を張った構造である。座2は、その下方に配置した座アウターシェル18に取り付けられている。座アウターシェル18は、座受け部材12に固定された座メインアウターシェル18aと、座メインアウターシェル18aに前後スライド自在に装着された座フロントアウターシェル18bと、座メインアウターシェル18aの後ろに配置された座リアアウターシェル18cとで構成されている。従って、座2も、メイン部とフロント部とリア部との3つのパートが一体化した構造として観念できる。座リアアウターシェル18cは、左右横長のピンにより、座メインアウターシェル18aに上下回動自在に連結されている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the seat 2 has a structure in which a seat cushion material 17 is stretched on a seat inner shell 16 made of synthetic resin. The seat 2 is attached to a seat outer shell 18 disposed below the seat 2. The seat outer shell 18 is arranged behind the seat main outer shell 18a, the seat main outer shell 18a fixed to the seat receiving member 12, the seat front outer shell 18b slidably mounted on the seat main outer shell 18a, and the seat main outer shell 18a. And a seat rear outer shell 18c. Therefore, the seat 2 can also be considered as a structure in which the three parts of the main part, the front part, and the rear part are integrated. The seat rear outer shell 18c is connected to the seat main outer shell 18a by a horizontally long pin so as to be vertically rotatable.
 他方、座インナーシェル16は、座メインアウターシェル18aに固定された座メインインナーシェル16aと、座メインインナーシェル16aの前端に一体に連続した座フロントインナーシェル16bと、座メインインナーシェル16aの後端に一体に連続したリアインナーシェル16cとで構成されている。座フロントインナーシェル16bは左右横長のスリットを有していて、下向きに巻き込み変形可能であり、座フロントアウターシェル18bが後退すると下向きに巻き込まれ、これにより、座2の前後長さ(奥行き)が小さくなる。 On the other hand, the seat inner shell 16 includes a seat main inner shell 16a fixed to the seat main outer shell 18a, a seat front inner shell 16b integrally connected to the front end of the seat main inner shell 16a, and a seat main inner shell 16a. The rear inner shell 16c is integrally connected to the end. The seat front inner shell 16b has a horizontally long slit, and can be wound downward and deformed. When the seat front outer shell 18b is retracted, the seat front inner shell 16b is wound downward. As a result, the longitudinal length (depth) of the seat 2 is increased. Get smaller.
 座インナーシェル16の座リアインナーシェル16cは、その前端を中心にして上下回動するように座メインインナーシェル16aに連続している。そして、座リアインナーシェル16cの後端は、背もたれ3の下端に左右横長のピンによって連結されている。このため、背もたれ3がロッキングすると、座2は全体的に後退及び後傾しつつ、座リアインナーシェル16cは、座メインインナーシェル16aに対して、相対的に後傾する。 The seat rear inner shell 16c of the seat inner shell 16 is continuous with the seat main inner shell 16a so as to turn up and down around its front end. The rear end of the seat rear inner shell 16c is connected to the lower end of the backrest 3 by left and right horizontally long pins. For this reason, when the backrest 3 is locked, the seat 2 is generally retracted and tilted backward, while the seat rear inner shell 16c is tilted relatively backward with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a.
 (2).背もたれの外観上の概略
 次に、背もたれの概略を説明する。図7,8を総合して理解できるように、背もたれ3は、主要要素として、背アウターシェル23と、その手前に配置された背クッション材24とを備えている。背アウターシェル23は、身体支持体の一例である。図2(D)に明示するように、背もたれ3は(或いは、背アウターシェル23及び背クッション材24は)、左右方向にはセンターエリア25と左右のサイドエリア26の3つのエリアに分かれていて、上下方向には、上段エリア27と中段エリア28と下段エリア29との3段のエリアに分かれている。
(2). Outline of the backrest appearance Next, the outline of the backrest will be described. As can be understood from FIGS. 7 and 8, the backrest 3 includes a back outer shell 23 and a back cushion material 24 disposed in front of the back shell 3 as main elements. The back outer shell 23 is an example of a body support. As clearly shown in FIG. 2D, the backrest 3 (or the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24) is divided into three areas: a center area 25 and left and right side areas 26 in the left-right direction. In the vertical direction, the upper stage area 27, the middle stage area 28, and the lower stage area 29 are divided into three stages.
 従って、背もたれ3は、上段センターエレメントa、中段センターエレメントb、下段センターエレメントc、左右の上段サイドエレメントd、左右の中段サイドエレメントe、左右の下段サイドエレメントfの9枚のエレメントに分かれている。エレメントa~fは背アウターシェル23と背クッション材24とに共通した区分であり、背もたれ3の全体としてエレメントとして表示する場合は、単にa~fの符号を引用する。他方、背アウターシェル23及び背クッション材24の要素としてのエレメントを個別に表示する必要がある場合は、23,24に符号a~fを付記している。 Accordingly, the backrest 3 is divided into nine elements: an upper center element a, a middle center element b, a lower center element c, left and right upper side elements d, left and right middle side elements e, and left and right lower side elements f. . The elements a to f are common to the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24. When the backrest 3 is displayed as an element as a whole, the symbols a to f are simply quoted. On the other hand, when elements as elements of the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion member 24 need to be individually displayed, reference numerals a to f are appended to 23 and 24, respectively.
 正確に述べると、背アウターシェル23は、背アウターシェル上段センターエレメント23a、背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23b、背アウターシェル下段センターエレメント23c、背アウターシェル上段サイドエレメント23d、背アウターシェル中段サイドエレメント23e、背アウターシェル下段サイドエレメント23fに区分される。同様に、背クッション材24は、背クッション材上段センターエレメント24a、背クッション材中段センターエレメント24b、背クッション材下段センターエレメント24c、背クッション材上段サイドエレメント24d、背クッション材中段サイドエレメント24e、背クッション材サイドエレメント24fに区分される。 More precisely, the back outer shell 23 includes a back outer shell upper stage center element 23a, a back outer shell middle stage element 23b, a back outer shell lower stage center element 23c, a back outer shell upper stage side element 23d, and a back outer shell middle stage side element 23e. The back outer shell lower side element 23f is divided. Similarly, the back cushion material 24 includes a back cushion material upper center element 24a, a back cushion material middle center element 24b, a back cushion material lower center element 24c, a back cushion material upper side element 24d, a back cushion material middle stage element 24e, It is divided into cushion material side elements 24f.
 背クッション材24において、隣り合ったエレメント24a~24fの境界には、前向きに開口した溝30が形成されている。溝30の個所は薄肉のヒンジ部になっている。従って、背クッション材24は単一の部材として製造されつつ、隣り合ったエレメントa~fは溝30によって区分されている。背クッション材24の各エレメント24a~24fは、溝30の存在によって高原状の形態を成しているが、身体が当たる表面は、ほぼ平坦になっている。なお、背もたれ3は(背アウターシェル23及び背クッション材24は)、左右対称の形状である。 In the back cushion material 24, a groove 30 opened forward is formed at the boundary between adjacent elements 24a to 24f. The location of the groove 30 is a thin hinge. Therefore, the back cushion material 24 is manufactured as a single member, and the adjacent elements a to f are separated by the groove 30. Each element 24a to 24f of the back cushion material 24 has a plateau shape due to the presence of the groove 30, but the surface that the body hits is substantially flat. The backrest 3 (the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24) has a symmetrical shape.
 図2(A)(C)に示すとおり、上段センターエレメントaと下段センターエレメントcとはやや横長の台形であり、中段センターエレメントbは縦横が同じ程度の逆台形である。また、上段サイドエレメントdは概ね逆台形であり、中段サイドエレメントeは上下に長い台形であり、下段サイドエレメントfは逆三角形である。従って、背もたれ3は、正面視で、上段エリア27と中段エリア28とによって窄まる形態になって、中段エリア28と下段エリア29とによって膨れた形態になっている。なお、背もたれ3は、正面視で全体として縦長の長方形状や逆台形状等に形成することは可能である。 As shown in FIGS. 2A and 2C, the upper center element a and the lower center element c are slightly trapezoidal trapezoids, and the middle center element b is an inverted trapezoid whose vertical and horizontal dimensions are the same. The upper side element d is generally an inverted trapezoid, the middle side element e is a trapezoid that is vertically long, and the lower side element f is an inverted triangle. Therefore, the backrest 3 is narrowed by the upper area 27 and the middle area 28 in a front view, and is swollen by the middle area 28 and the lower area 29. The backrest 3 can be formed in a vertically long rectangular shape or an inverted trapezoidal shape as a whole when viewed from the front.
 また、図1から理解きるように、各サイドエレメントd~fは、各センターエレメントa~cに対して手前に向くように傾いている。すなわち、サイドエレメントd~fは、着座者の身体を包むように傾斜している。従って、背もたれ3は、平面視では前向き凹の形態を成している。他方、図2(C)に明示するように、背もたれ3は、側面視では、中段エリア28と下段エリア29とによって前向き凸の山形が形成されており、このため、背もたれ3の前面(センターエリア25)には、着座者の腰部が当たる凸部Lが形成されている。正確には、凸部Lは、背クッション材24及び背アウターシェル23の中段センターエレメント24b,23bと、下段センターエレメント24c,23cとによって形成されている。 Further, as can be understood from FIG. 1, the side elements d to f are inclined so as to face toward the front with respect to the center elements a to c. That is, the side elements d to f are inclined so as to wrap around the body of the seated person. Therefore, the backrest 3 has a forward concave shape in plan view. On the other hand, as clearly shown in FIG. 2 (C), the backrest 3 is formed in a side view from the middle area 28 and the lower area 29 so as to form a forward-convex mountain shape. 25), a convex portion L is formed on which the waist of the seated person hits. Precisely, the convex portion L is formed by the middle center elements 24b and 23b of the back cushion material 24 and the back outer shell 23, and the lower center elements 24c and 23c.
 他方、上段エリア27と中段エリア28とは、側面視において少し前向き凹部状に屈曲している。上段センターエレメントaと中段センターエレメントbとは、平坦状の形態と成したり、逆に、側面視で前向き凸状に屈曲させたりすることも可能である。 On the other hand, the upper stage area 27 and the middle stage area 28 are bent in a slightly forward concave shape in a side view. The upper-stage center element a and the middle-stage center element b can be formed in a flat shape, or conversely, can be bent into a forward convex shape in a side view.
 背アウターシェル23及び背クッション材24とも、上段センターエレメント23a,24aと中段センターエレメント23b,24bとは相対回動不能に一体化している。従って、背クッション材24において、上段センターエレメント24aと中段センターエレメント24bとの境界部に形成された溝30は、他の溝と統一性を持たせて美観を高めることを主たる目的にして設けたものであり、この部分で屈曲するものではない。背アウターシェル23及び背クッション材24とも、他の隣り合ったエレメントは相対回動可能に繋がっている。 In the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion material 24, the upper center elements 23a, 24a and the middle center elements 23b, 24b are integrated so as not to be relatively rotatable. Accordingly, in the back cushion material 24, the groove 30 formed at the boundary between the upper center element 24a and the middle center element 24b is provided mainly for the purpose of enhancing the aesthetics by having uniformity with other grooves. It is a thing and does not bend at this part. In the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion member 24, the other adjacent elements are connected so as to be relatively rotatable.
 背支持フレーム13は金属ダイキャスト品又は樹脂成形品であり、背もたれ3の後ろにおいて上向きに延びる背支柱13aを有している。そして、背支柱13aの上端に、背アウターシェル23の中段センターエレメント23bが、左右横長のピンで連結されている(詳細は後述する。)。従って、ロッキング時に、背支柱13aと背もたれ3とは相対回動可能である。 The back support frame 13 is a metal die-cast product or a resin molded product, and has a back column 13 a extending upward behind the backrest 3. The middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23 is connected to the upper end of the back column 13a with left and right horizontally long pins (details will be described later). Therefore, the back strut 13a and the backrest 3 can be rotated relative to each other during locking.
 図2(B)から理解できるように、ハンガー5及びヘッドレスト6は、背アウターシェル上段センターエレメント23aに固定されている。つまり、図7(A)に示すオプション品支持板31が、背アウターシェル上段センターエレメント23aの上端部前面にビスで固定されていて、まず、ハンガー5は、その下端部が、背アウターシェル上段センターエレメント23aと一緒にビスでオプション品支持板31に締結されている。 2B, the hanger 5 and the headrest 6 are fixed to the back outer shell upper stage center element 23a. That is, the optional product support plate 31 shown in FIG. 7A is fixed to the front surface of the upper end portion of the upper outer shell center element 23a with screws. First, the hanger 5 has its lower end portion connected to the upper outer shell upper stage. It is fastened to the optional product support plate 31 with screws together with the center element 23a.
 他方、ヘッドレスト6は、芯板32を背クッション材33で包み込んだ構造であり、芯板32に下向きの足板33を固定して、この足板33がオプション品支持板31の前面にビスで締結されている。足板34を締結するビスの軸部は、オプション品支持板31を貫通して足板34にねじ込まれている。 On the other hand, the headrest 6 has a structure in which a core plate 32 is wrapped with a back cushion material 33. A downward foot plate 33 is fixed to the core plate 32, and the foot plate 33 is screwed on the front surface of the optional product support plate 31. It is concluded. The shaft portion of the screw for fastening the foot plate 34 passes through the optional product support plate 31 and is screwed into the foot plate 34.
 図5に示すように、背アウターシェル下段センターエレメント23cの下端は、座リアアウターシェル18cの後端部に左右横長のピン38で連結されている。このため、背アウターシェル下段センターエレメント23cの下端と座リアアウターシェル18cの後端とには、左右に並ぶ連結用凸部39,40が形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 5, the lower end of the lower outer shell lower center element 23c is connected to the rear end portion of the seat rear outer shell 18c with left and right horizontally elongated pins 38. For this reason, connecting convex portions 39 and 40 arranged on the left and right are formed at the lower end of the lower outer shell lower center element 23c and the rear end of the seat rear outer shell 18c.
 なお、背アウターシェル23の下端は、座2の後端に連結してもよいし、背支持フレーム13やベース9,10に連結してもよい。或いは、背支柱13aの上端部に対して、ある程度の角度だけ前後傾動する状態で取り付けることも可能である。すなわち、背アウターシェル23の下端は、必ずしも他の部材に連結する必要はない。 In addition, the lower end of the back outer shell 23 may be connected to the rear end of the seat 2 or may be connected to the back support frame 13 and the bases 9 and 10. Or it is also possible to attach with respect to the upper end part of the back support | pillar 13a in the state which tilts back and forth only to some extent. That is, the lower end of the back outer shell 23 is not necessarily connected to another member.
 (3).背もたれの変形態様
 図3(A)~(C)では、非ロッキング状態でかつ人が背もたれ3に背を当てていない基準状態(ニュートラル状態)を符号Nで示し、非ロッキング状態で着座者が上半身を略直立させた執務状態(姿勢)での背もたれ3の形状を符号Fで示している。執務状態Fでは、着座者の腰部が背もたれ3に当たっている。そして、下段センターエレメントcが座リアアウターシェル18cに連結されているため、着座者が背もたれ3の凸部Lのみに腰を当てると、凸部Lが後退すると共に、中段センターエレメントbと下段センターエレメントcとの開き角度が大きくなる。かつ、上段センターエレメントaは前向きに移動する。
(3). Deformation of the backrest In FIGS. 3 (A) to (C), the reference state (neutral state) in the non-locking state and where the person does not put his back on the backrest 3 is indicated by the symbol N. The shape of the backrest 3 in the working state (posture) in which the seated person has the upper body substantially upright is indicated by the symbol F. In the working state F, the seated person's waist hits the backrest 3. Since the lower center element c is connected to the seat rear outer shell 18c, when the seated person sits down only on the convex portion L of the backrest 3, the convex portion L moves backward, and the middle center element b and the lower center center The opening angle with the element c is increased. And the upper center element a moves forward.
 つまり、背もたれ3は、執務状態Fでは、ニュートラル状態Nに対して前傾する。なお、図3(A)では、背もたれ3の下端が後ろに後退した状態を描いているが、実際には、背もたれ3の下端の前後位置は一定である。図2(C)に示すように、背支柱13aの上端部と背アウターシェル中段エレメント23bとの間に、ゴム等の弾性体41が配置されており、背アウターシェル中段エレメント23bは、弾性体41を変形させて手前側に回動する。従って、背もたれ3は、弾性体41によってニュートラル状態Nが保持されている。 That is, the backrest 3 tilts forward with respect to the neutral state N in the work state F. 3A depicts a state in which the lower end of the backrest 3 is retracted backward, but in practice, the front and rear positions of the lower end of the backrest 3 are constant. As shown in FIG. 2C, an elastic body 41 such as rubber is disposed between the upper end portion of the back column 13a and the back outer shell middle stage element 23b, and the back outer shell middle stage element 23b is made of an elastic body. 41 is deformed and rotated to the near side. Therefore, the backrest 3 is maintained in the neutral state N by the elastic body 41.
 つまり、弾性体41は、ニュートラル状態Nにおいては負荷が全くかかっていないか、負荷がかかっていても、応力が均衡して基準状態に保持されている。このため、弾性体41が基準状態のときには、背アウターシェル中段エレメント23bと背支柱13aとの相対角度は一定に保持されている。これにより、背もたれ3はニュートラル状態Nに保持されている。 That is, in the neutral state N, the elastic body 41 is not loaded at all, or even if it is loaded, the stress is balanced and held in the reference state. For this reason, when the elastic body 41 is in the reference state, the relative angle between the back outer shell middle element 23b and the back column 13a is kept constant. As a result, the backrest 3 is held in the neutral state N.
 他方、上下3段のサイドエレメントd~fは上下に繋がっているため、中段センターエレメントbと下段センターエレメントdとの開き角度が大きくなると、迫り出し作用により、センターエレメントa~cに対する夾角が小さくなるように手前側に回動する。従って、サイドエレメントa~cは着座者の身体を包む方向に回動して、着座者の身体に対するホールド作用が高くなる。その結果、着座者は、疲れることなく長時間の執務を行うことが可能になる。 On the other hand, since the upper and lower three-stage side elements d to f are connected in the vertical direction, when the opening angle between the middle center element b and the lower center element d increases, the depression angle with respect to the center elements a to c decreases due to the pushing-out action. It turns to the near side so that it may become. Accordingly, the side elements a to c rotate in a direction to wrap the seated person's body, and the holding action on the seated person's body is enhanced. As a result, the seated person can work for a long time without getting tired.
 図3(B)では、着座者が中段センターエレメントbと上段センターエレメントaとに身体を当ててもたれ掛かったロッキング状態での背もたれ3の姿勢を符号Rで示している。但し、図3(B)では、背もたれ3の下端がニュートラル状態Nに対して前進した状態を表示しているが、これは動きの傾向を示したものであり、実際には、背もたれ3は全体的に後傾する。 In FIG. 3 (B), the posture of the backrest 3 in the rocking state in which the seated person leans against the middle center element b and the upper center element a is indicated by the symbol R. However, in FIG. 3 (B), the state in which the lower end of the backrest 3 is advanced with respect to the neutral state N is displayed, but this shows a tendency of movement. Tilt backwards.
 従って、図3(B)に示すロッキング状態Rは、ニュートラル状態Nとの関係を示すものである。そして、背もたれ3がロッキング状態Rに移行すると、背もたれ3は、背支柱13aの上端部を中心にして後傾する動きに移行しようとするが、背もたれ3の下端は座リアアウターシェル22に連結されているため、ニュートラル状態Nに対する相対的な後傾量は少ない。 Therefore, the rocking state R shown in FIG. 3 (B) shows the relationship with the neutral state N. When the backrest 3 shifts to the locking state R, the backrest 3 tries to shift to a backward tilting movement around the upper end of the back column 13a, but the lower end of the backrest 3 is connected to the seat rear outer shell 22. Therefore, the amount of backward tilt relative to the neutral state N is small.
 そして、座アウターシェル18の後傾角度よりも背支持フレーム13の後傾角度が大きいことに起因して、背もたれ3は、ニュートラル状態Nに対して相対的に後傾するため、中段センターエレメントbと下段センターエレメントcとの成す夾角は小さくなる。つまり、ロッキング時には、着座者は身体を伸ばすことから、人の体圧は、中段センターエレメントbと上段センターエレメントaとに掛かるため、中段センターエレメントbと下段センターエレメントcとの成す夾角は小さくなる。すると、サイドエレメントd~fが互いに繋がっているため、サイドエレメントd~fはセンターエレメントa~cによって押し出し作用を受け、その結果、サイドエレメントd~fは、センターエレメントa~cに対する夾角を広げるように回動する(屈曲する)。従って、背もたれ3は、平面視で平坦な状態に向かう方向に広がり変形する。 The backrest 3 tilts relatively backward with respect to the neutral state N due to the rearward tilt angle of the back support frame 13 being larger than the rearward tilt angle of the seat outer shell 18. And the depression angle formed by the lower center element c becomes smaller. In other words, since the seated person stretches the body when rocking, the human body pressure is applied to the middle center element b and the upper center element a, so that the depression angle formed by the middle center element b and the lower center element c is small. . Then, since the side elements d to f are connected to each other, the side elements d to f are pushed out by the center elements a to c, and as a result, the side elements d to f widen the depression angle with respect to the center elements a to c. Rotate (bend). Therefore, the backrest 3 spreads and deforms in a direction toward a flat state in plan view.
 着座者が執務姿勢からロッキング姿勢に移行すると、中段センターエレメントbと下段センターエレメントcとの成す夾角が小さくなる。すると、上下に隣り合ったサイドエレメントd~fが互いに引っ張り合う傾向を呈し、結果として、サイドエレメントd~fは、センターエレメントa~cとの夾角を大きくするように広がり変形する。 When the seated person shifts from the office posture to the rocking posture, the depression angle formed by the middle center element b and the lower center element c decreases. Then, the side elements d to f adjacent to each other tend to pull each other, and as a result, the side elements d to f spread and deform so as to increase the depression angle with the center elements a to c.
 すると、サイドエレメントd~fは、着座者を包むように狭まった状態から、着座者から離れるように広がる。すなわち、平坦な状態に移行するように変形する。従って、ロッキング状態では、サイドエレメントd~fによる身体のホールド性が低下するか無くなり、その結果、身体の解放性が高くなる。従って、人は、高い安楽性を得ることができる。なお、サイドエレメントd~fはセンターエレメントa~cと完全に平行になるのではなく、広がりきった状態でも少し手前に傾いている。従って、身体の過剰な横ずれに対する抑止機能は確保されている。 Then, the side elements d to f spread away from the seated person from the state of being narrowed so as to wrap the seated person. That is, it changes so that it may shift to a flat state. Accordingly, in the rocking state, the holding ability of the body by the side elements d to f decreases or disappears, and as a result, the releasing ability of the body increases. Therefore, a person can obtain high comfort. Note that the side elements d to f are not completely parallel to the center elements a to c, but are tilted slightly toward the front even when they are fully expanded. Therefore, the deterrent function against excessive lateral shift of the body is ensured.
 図3(C)では、左右の上段サイドエレメントdは執務状態Fのみを表示している。また、下段サイドエレメントfは、右側ではニュートラル状態Nと執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとの3つの態様を重ねて表示しており、左側では、ニュートラル状態Nとロッキング状態Rとの2つの状態を重ねて表示している。 In FIG. 3C, the left and right upper side elements d display only the work status F. In addition, the lower side element f displays the three states of the neutral state N, the working state F, and the locking state R on the right side, and shows the two states of the neutral state N and the locking state R on the left side. Overlaid.
 また、図3(C)では、ロッキング状態Rにおいて、上段エレメントa,dがニュートラル状態Nに対して後退した状態を表示しているが、実際には、背もたれ3は全体として後傾しているので、ロッキング時には、上段エレメントa,dは、(C)で表示した位置よりも後方(図では下方)にずれることになる。 3C shows a state in which the upper elements a and d are retracted with respect to the neutral state N in the rocking state R, but actually, the backrest 3 is inclined backward as a whole. Therefore, at the time of locking, the upper elements a and d are displaced backward (downward in the drawing) from the position indicated by (C).
 (4).背インナー枠
 既に述べたように、背もたれ3は、主要要素として背アウターシェル23と背クッション材24とを備えているが、本実施形態では、更に、図6~図9の各図に示すように、主要要素として背インナー枠42を備えている。背インナー枠42はインナー部材の一例であり、ポリプロピレン等の樹脂を材料にした成形品である。また、背インナー枠42は、背クッション材24の形状を保持すると共に補強する保形部材の一例でもある。
(4). Back inner frame As described above, the backrest 3 includes the back outer shell 23 and the back cushion member 24 as main elements. In this embodiment, each of the back inner shell 23 and FIG. As shown in the figure, a back inner frame 42 is provided as a main element. The back inner frame 42 is an example of an inner member, and is a molded product made of a resin such as polypropylene. The back inner frame 42 is also an example of a shape retaining member that retains and reinforces the shape of the back cushion material 24.
 背インナー枠42は、前後に開口したフレーム構造になっており、背クッション材24は、インサート成形により、背インナー枠42に固着(接着)されている。また、図13や図16に示すように、クッション材24の表面には表皮材24′が張られているが、表皮材24′も、インサート成形によってクッション材24に接着される。 The back inner frame 42 has a frame structure opened front and rear, and the back cushion material 24 is fixed (adhered) to the back inner frame 42 by insert molding. As shown in FIGS. 13 and 16, a skin material 24 'is stretched on the surface of the cushion material 24. The skin material 24' is also bonded to the cushion material 24 by insert molding.
 なお、図7から理解できるように、背インナー枠42は、背クッション材24の中段センターエレメント24bには固定されていない。このことから容易に理解できるように、背インナー枠42は、背クッション材24の全てのエレメントに固着する必要はない。そして、背インナー枠42は周枠部43を有するため、その全体を背クッション材24に接着していなくても、背クッション材24の保形機能について問題はない。また、背クッション材24の中段センターエレメント24bは、背インナー枠42に拘束されないフリー状態になっているため、背クッション材24の全体としての変形が容易になっている。 As can be understood from FIG. 7, the back inner frame 42 is not fixed to the middle center element 24 b of the back cushion material 24. As can be easily understood from this, the back inner frame 42 does not have to be fixed to all the elements of the back cushion material 24. And since the back inner frame 42 has the surrounding frame part 43, even if the whole is not adhere | attached on the back cushion material 24, there is no problem about the shape retention function of the back cushion material 24. Further, since the middle center element 24b of the back cushion material 24 is in a free state not restricted by the back inner frame 42, the back cushion material 24 can be easily deformed as a whole.
 着・離反自在な一対の金型のうち一方の金型に背インナー枠42をセットし、他方の金型に表皮材24′をセットし、その状態で両金型の間の空洞にクッション材24′の溶融した材料を注入してから固まらせることにより、クッション材24が背インナー枠42に接着された状態に製造されるのと同時に、表皮材24′はクッション材24の表面に接着される。背インナー枠42及び表皮材24′は、金型には、例えば真空吸着によって脱落不能に保持される。 Set back inner frame 42 on one of the mold of the dense adhesion and separate from freely pair of molds, set the skin material 24 'on the other die, the cushion in the cavity between the two mold in this state By injecting and solidifying the molten material of the material 24 ′, the cushion material 24 is bonded to the back inner frame 42, and at the same time, the skin material 24 ′ is bonded to the surface of the cushion material 24. Is done. The back inner frame 42 and the skin material 24 ′ are held on the mold so as not to fall off, for example, by vacuum suction.
 インナー枠42とクッション材24と表皮材24′とを一体化する手段としては、インサート成形に代えて、三者を重ね合わせて型で挟んで、溝30の個所においてだけ三者を挟圧して一体化するという方法も採用できる。この場合は、例えば、溝30の個所にホットメルト接着剤を塗布しておいて、加熱により、溝30の形成と三者の接合とを同時に行える。 As a means for integrating the inner frame 42, the cushion material 24 and the skin material 24 ′, instead of insert molding, the three members are overlapped and sandwiched with a mold, and the three members are clamped only at the groove 30. An integrated method can also be adopted. In this case, for example, a hot melt adhesive is applied to the groove 30 and the groove 30 can be formed and the three members can be joined simultaneously by heating.
 図6~9の各図に示すように、背インナー枠42は、背クッション材24の外周部の背面に重なるループ形態の周枠部43と、中段エレメント31,34の上端部に重なる左右長手の横長ジョイント部44と、周枠部43の上端部と横長ジョイント部44とに繋がった額状部45とから成っている。 As shown in each of FIGS. 6 to 9, the back inner frame 42 includes a loop-shaped peripheral frame portion 43 that overlaps the back surface of the outer peripheral portion of the back cushion material 24, and a left and right longitudinal portion that overlaps the upper end portions of the middle stage elements 31 and 34. Of the horizontal joint portion 44, and a frame portion 45 connected to the upper end portion of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontal joint portion 44.
 また、背インナー枠42のうち、背クッション材24の溝30(薄肉ヒンジ部)の個所には、背クッション材24の隣り合ったエレメント24a~24fが相対回動することを許容するため、ヒンジ部46を形成している。横長ジョイント部44は、ヒンジ部46を介して周枠部45と繋がっている。図14、図15に拡大して示すように、ヒンジ部46は、正面視でジグザグ状に形成されている。このため、ヒンジ部46の変形はより一層容易になっている。 Further, in the back inner frame 42, the adjacent elements 24 a to 24 f of the back cushion material 24 are allowed to rotate relative to each other at the groove 30 (thin hinge portion) of the back cushion material 24. A portion 46 is formed. The horizontally long joint portion 44 is connected to the peripheral frame portion 45 via a hinge portion 46. As shown in enlarged views in FIGS. 14 and 15, the hinge portion 46 is formed in a zigzag shape in a front view. For this reason, the deformation of the hinge portion 46 is further facilitated.
 また、図9(C)に示すように、ヒンジ部46は、側面視や平面視、底面視のような外周方向から見ると、手前側(背クッション材24の側)に向けて凸となるように、膨らんでいる(湾曲している)。このようなジグザグ形状と前向き凸の膨らみ形状との相乗作用により、ヒンジ部46は、伸縮したり、前後方向に曲がったり、ねじれたりと、立体的に容易に変形する。その結果、背クッション材24の隣り合ったエレメント24a~24fは、姿勢を自在に変形させつつ相対的に容易に屈曲できる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 9C, the hinge portion 46 is convex toward the front side (the back cushion material 24 side) when viewed from the outer peripheral direction such as a side view, a plan view, and a bottom view. Is bulging (curved). Due to the synergistic action of the zigzag shape and the forward convex bulge shape, the hinge portion 46 is easily deformed in three dimensions such as expansion and contraction, bending in the front-rear direction, and twisting. As a result, the adjacent elements 24a to 24f of the back cushion material 24 can be bent relatively easily while freely changing the posture.
 従って、背クッション材24の全体で見ると、着座者の身体に倣うように滑らかに変形できる。この点、本実施形態の大きな利点である。 Therefore, when the back cushion member 24 is viewed as a whole, it can be smoothly deformed to follow the body of the seated person. This is a great advantage of this embodiment.
 背インナー枠42は、基本的には帯板の構造になっているが、例えば図9(B)に示すように、背クッション材下段センターエレメント24cの下端部が重なるロア部43aには、断面L形で左右横長の補強部47を設けている。図13に示すように、補強部47は、背アウターシェル下段センターエレメント23cに形成した前向きリブ48を覆っている。例えば図9に示すように、周枠部43には、背クッション材24が入り込む貫通穴49を多数形成している。背クッション材24を構成する樹脂が貫通穴49に入り込んで、リベットのような役割を果たすことにより、背クッション材24の離脱(剥がれ)を防止している。 The back inner frame 42 basically has a band plate structure, but, for example, as shown in FIG. 9B, the lower portion 43a where the lower end portion of the back cushion material lower center element 24c overlaps has a cross section. An L-shaped laterally long reinforcing portion 47 is provided. As shown in FIG. 13, the reinforcing portion 47 covers a forward rib 48 formed in the lower outer shell lower center element 23 c. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, a large number of through holes 49 into which the back cushion material 24 enters are formed in the peripheral frame portion 43. The resin constituting the back cushion material 24 enters the through hole 49 and plays a role like a rivet, thereby preventing the back cushion material 24 from being detached (peeled).
 背インナー枠42の額状部45は、主として背アウターシェル23への取り付けの補助のために設けたものであり、例えば図9に示すとおり、左右中間部は軽量化のためX字形に形成されていて、その左右両側に縦長板状部50を設けている。そして、縦長板状部50や周枠部45、横長ジョイント部44に、背アウターシェル23との連結のための連結穴51を形成している。 The frame portion 45 of the back inner frame 42 is provided mainly for assisting attachment to the back outer shell 23. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the left and right intermediate portions are formed in an X shape for weight reduction. In addition, a vertically long plate-like portion 50 is provided on both the left and right sides thereof. A connection hole 51 for connection to the back outer shell 23 is formed in the vertically long plate-like portion 50, the peripheral frame portion 45, and the horizontally long joint portion 44.
 連結穴51は、縦長板状部50には1つずつ形成して、横長ジョイント部44には、縦長板状部50の下方位置に1つずつ形成している。他方、周枠部43には、連結穴51は飛び飛びで多数形成されている。また、連結穴51は、縦長板状部50の個所では左右横長の形態であるが、周枠部43及び横長ジョイント部44の個所では、それら周枠部43及び横長ジョイント部44の長手方向に長い長穴になっている。背インナー枠42と背アウターシェル23との連結は、連結穴51に装着したクリップを使用して行われるが、これは後述する。 The connecting holes 51 are formed one by one in the vertically long plate-like portion 50, and one by one in the laterally long joint portion 44 at a position below the vertically long plate-like portion 50. On the other hand, a large number of connecting holes 51 are formed in the peripheral frame portion 43 in a jumping manner. Further, the connecting hole 51 has a horizontally long shape at the portion of the vertically long plate-like portion 50, but at the portion of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 in the longitudinal direction of the peripheral frame portion 43 and the horizontally long joint portion 44. It is a long slot. The connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 is performed using a clip attached to the connection hole 51, which will be described later.
 額状部45において、左右の縦長板状部50の間の部位は、手前に凹んだ溝状部52になっている。この溝状部52は、ヘッドレスト6の取り付けの補助的機能を有しているが、詳細は省略する。 In the forehead portion 45, a portion between the left and right vertically long plate-like portions 50 is a groove-like portion 52 that is recessed toward the front. Although this groove-shaped part 52 has the auxiliary function of attachment of the headrest 6, details are abbreviate | omitted.
 また、額状部45は背クッション材上段センターエレメント24aに重なって、横長ジョイント部44は背クッション材中段センターエレメント24bに重なっているため、額状部45と横長ジョイント部44とは屈曲しない構造になっている。換言すると、額状部45と横長ジョイント部44とを屈曲しない構造とすることにより、背クッション材24の上段センターエレメント24aと中段エレメント24bとは、溝30が存在しても相対的に回動(屈曲)しない構造になっている。 Further, since the frame portion 45 overlaps the back cushion material upper center element 24a, and the horizontally long joint portion 44 overlaps the back cushion material middle center element 24b, the frame portion 45 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 do not bend. It has become. In other words, the upper center element 24a and the middle element 24b of the back cushion member 24 are relatively rotated even if the groove 30 is present by adopting a structure in which the frame portion 45 and the horizontally long joint portion 44 are not bent. The structure is not bent.
 (5).背インナー枠の意義
 さて、特許文献1,2を実施形態(第1実施形態)に基づいて述べると、特許文献1,2では、背もたれは、左右方向にはセンターエリアと左右のサイドエリアとに三分割されて、センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ上段、中段、下段の3段に分割されており、従って、背もたれは全体として9枚のエレメント(パート)とからなっており、かつ、隣り合ったエレメントは、相対回動できるようにヒンジ部を介して繋がっている。また、特許第5562001号公報には、座インナーシェルの上面にクッション材を一連に配置した座において、座インナーシェルにヒンジ部を形成することにより、座の後部を下方に屈曲させることが開示されている。
(5). Significance of the back inner frame Now, Patent Documents 1 and 2 are described based on the embodiment (first embodiment). In Patent Documents 1 and 2, the backrest has a center area and left and right in the left-right direction. The center area and the side area are divided into the upper, middle, and lower stages, respectively. Therefore, the backrest consists of 9 elements (parts) as a whole. And the adjacent element is connected via the hinge part so that relative rotation is possible. Japanese Patent No. 5562001 discloses a seat in which cushion members are arranged in series on the upper surface of a seat inner shell, and a rear portion of the seat is bent downward by forming a hinge portion on the seat inner shell. ing.
 特許文献1,2には、サイドエリアに位置したエレメント(サイドエレメント)がロッキングに連動して回動する(屈曲する)ことが開示されおり、このようなエレメントの動きにより、快適性を向上できると云える。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose that an element (side element) located in a side area rotates (bends) in conjunction with locking, and comfort of the element can be improved by the movement of such an element. It can be said.
 本実施形態の背インナー枠42は、このような現状に鑑み成されたものであり、エレメントが屈曲する身体支持体において、エレメントの動きの確実性や身体支持体の耐久性の向上などを目的とするものである。 The back inner frame 42 of the present embodiment is made in view of such a current situation, and is intended to improve the reliability of the movement of the element and the durability of the body support in the body support in which the element bends. It is what.
 本実施形態におけるインナー枠の技術は、椅子の背もたれの他に、座、ヘッドレスト、シェルダーレストなどの身体支持部材に適用できる。そして、本実施形態では、人の身体が当たる表面側がクッション材で構成されて、前記クッション材の裏側にはシェル体が配置されており、少なくとも前記クッション材は、相対的に屈曲し得る複数のエレメントに区画されている構成であって、前記クッション材の裏面に、前記クッション材の裏面全体に広がることなく枠状の形態のインナー枠が、隣り合ったエレメントに跨がる状態で取り付けられており、前記インナー枠のうち隣り合ったエレメントの境界部の個所がヒンジ部になっており、かつ、前記インナー枠は前記シェル体に取り付けられている。 The inner frame technology in the present embodiment can be applied to body support members such as a seat, a headrest, and a shelder rest in addition to the backrest of the chair. And in this embodiment, the surface side which a human body hits is comprised with a cushioning material, and the shell body is arranged on the back side of the cushioning material, and at least the cushioning material can be bent relatively. The structure is partitioned into elements, and the inner frame in the form of a frame is attached to the back surface of the cushion material so as not to spread over the entire back surface of the cushion material so as to straddle adjacent elements. In addition, a boundary portion between adjacent elements in the inner frame is a hinge portion, and the inner frame is attached to the shell body.
 上記の構成では、インナー枠がクッション材の補強の役割を果たすため、高い耐久性を確保することができる。また、クッション材をシェル体に直接に取り付けるのは面倒であるが、本願発明では、クッション材はインナー枠を介してシェル体に取り付けられるため、背もたれ等の身体支持体の組み立ても容易である。更に、クッション材の屈曲支点がインナー枠のヒンジ部によって規定されるため、エレメントの屈曲の動きも正確になる。 In the above configuration, since the inner frame plays a role of reinforcing the cushion material, high durability can be ensured. Although it is troublesome to attach the cushion material directly to the shell body, in the present invention, since the cushion material is attached to the shell body via the inner frame, it is easy to assemble a body support such as a backrest. Furthermore, since the bending fulcrum of the cushion material is defined by the hinge portion of the inner frame, the bending movement of the element is also accurate.
 インナー枠は様々な形態を採用できるが、実施形態のように周枠部43を有する形態を採用すると、周枠部43によってクッション材の外形が規定されるため、表裏に開口した枠状でありながら、クッション材の保形性を高めることができる。また、クッション材24の屈曲がインナー枠42によって損なわれることはないため、背もたれ3等の身体支持体の全体としての屈曲変形も容易及び確実化される。 Although various forms can be adopted for the inner frame, if the form having the peripheral frame part 43 as in the embodiment is adopted, the outer frame of the cushion material is defined by the peripheral frame part 43. However, the shape retention of the cushioning material can be improved. Further, since the bending of the cushion material 24 is not impaired by the inner frame 42, the bending deformation of the body support body such as the backrest 3 as a whole can be easily and reliably performed.
 (6).背アウターシェル
 例えば図8に示すように、背アウターシェル23は、上段センターエレメント23aと中段センターエレメント23bとが一体であるのを除いて、各エレメント23a~23fは別体の構造になっており、例えば図8や図13(A)に示すように、隣り合ったエレメント23a~23fは、エラストマーよりなるバンドヒンジ55によって一体に繋がっている。バンドヒンジ55は帯状軟質樹脂材である。
(6). Back outer shell For example, as shown in FIG. 8, the back outer shell 23 has a separate structure except that the upper center element 23a and the middle center element 23b are integrated. For example, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 13A, adjacent elements 23a to 23f are integrally connected by a band hinge 55 made of an elastomer. The band hinge 55 is a band-shaped soft resin material.
 図8に示すように、上段センターエレメント23aと中段センターエレメント23bとの前面には、それらに連続した補強リブ56が形成されている。また、各エレメント23a~23fは、周囲に前向きリブ(壁)を有するシェル状(トレー状)に形成されている。従って、背アウターシェル23を構成する各エレメントはシェルと呼ぶことも可能である。 As shown in FIG. 8, reinforcing ribs 56 that are continuous with the upper center element 23a and the middle center element 23b are formed on the front surfaces thereof. Each element 23a to 23f is formed in a shell shape (tray shape) having forward ribs (walls) around it. Therefore, each element constituting the back outer shell 23 can also be called a shell.
 図13(A)に明示するように、バンドヒンジ55はエレメント23a~23fの前面に重なっており、かつ、バンドヒンジ55は少し裏側に露出している。このため、背アウターシェル23の裏面には、バンドヒンジ55の個所が溝の状態になって表れている(図6(A)も参照)。例えば図6(A)に示すように、背アウターシェル23の上段センターエレメント23aと中段センターエレメント23bとの境界部には横長溝57が形成されている。この横長溝57は意匠的な目的で設けたものであり、この個所で屈曲するものではない。 As clearly shown in FIG. 13 (A), the band hinge 55 overlaps the front surface of the elements 23a to 23f, and the band hinge 55 is slightly exposed on the back side. For this reason, the portion of the band hinge 55 appears in a grooved state on the back surface of the back outer shell 23 (see also FIG. 6A). For example, as shown in FIG. 6A, a laterally long groove 57 is formed at the boundary between the upper center element 23a and the middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23. The horizontally long groove 57 is provided for the purpose of design, and is not bent at this point.
 図15の(A)と(B)との比較からよく理解できるように、背インナー枠42のヒンジ部46は、背アウターシェル23のバンドヒンジ55に手前から重なるように配置されている。 15A and 15B, the hinge portion 46 of the back inner frame 42 is disposed so as to overlap the band hinge 55 of the back outer shell 23 from the front.
 バンドヒンジ55は、二色成形法又はインサート成形によって成形されている。図13(C)(D)では、二色成形法を表示している。この二色成形法では、可動型(キャビ)58と固定型(コア)59とを有する金型装置が使用されて、両型58,59の合わせ面に、所定の位置と姿勢に配置された各エレメント23a~23fに対応した単位空間60が形成されている。各単位空間60には、図示しないゲートが開口している。ゲートは、一般に固定型59に設けている。 The band hinge 55 is formed by a two-color molding method or insert molding. In FIGS. 13C and 13D, a two-color molding method is displayed. In this two-color molding method, a mold apparatus having a movable mold (cavity) 58 and a fixed mold (core) 59 is used, and arranged on a mating surface of both molds 58 and 59 at a predetermined position and posture. A unit space 60 corresponding to each element 23a to 23f is formed. In each unit space 60, a gate (not shown) is opened. The gate is generally provided in the fixed mold 59.
 そして、例えば可動型58のうち、隣り合った単位空間60に跨がる部位を、可動型58の移動方向と同じ方向にスライドするスライド型61で構成し、スライド型61に、エラストマー注入用のゲート62を設けている。スライド型61はバンドヒンジ55に対応した形状であって一連に繋がっているので、ゲート62は1か所でもよい(複数個所が好ましい。)。 For example, a portion of the movable mold 58 that spans the adjacent unit spaces 60 is constituted by a slide mold 61 that slides in the same direction as the moving direction of the movable mold 58, and the elastomer 61 is injected into the slide mold 61. A gate 62 is provided. Since the slide mold 61 has a shape corresponding to the band hinge 55 and is connected in series, the gate 62 may be one (preferably a plurality of locations).
 また、ゲート62は、固定型59に設けることも可能である(こちらの方法が現実的にある。)。この場合は、ゲート62は、背アウターシェル23の隣り合ったエレメト(単位シェル)の間に位置している。逆に述べると、背アウターシェル23の隣り合ったエレメントの間にある程度の間隔を空けることにより、ゲート62を固定型59に設けてバンドヒンジ55を成形することが可能になっている。 Also, the gate 62 can be provided in the fixed mold 59 (this method is practical). In this case, the gate 62 is located between adjacent elements (unit shells) of the back outer shell 23. In other words, the band hinge 55 can be formed by providing the gate 62 on the fixed mold 59 by providing a certain distance between adjacent elements of the back outer shell 23.
 また、背アウターシェル23を構成する各エレメント23a~23fの外周には前向きのリブが形成されており、バンドヒンジ55は、リブの端面に重なっている。このため、各エレメント23a~23fの剛性を高めつつ、バンドヒンジ55を成形することができる。 Further, a forward-facing rib is formed on the outer periphery of each of the elements 23a to 23f constituting the back outer shell 23, and the band hinge 55 overlaps the end surface of the rib. Therefore, the band hinge 55 can be formed while increasing the rigidity of the elements 23a to 23f.
 そして、金型装置では、スライド型61を前進させた状態で各単位空間60に溶融樹脂を注入してから固まらせることによって各エレメント23a~23fを形成し、次いで、スライド型61を後退させることによってバンドヒンジ55に相当する空間を形成し、この空間に溶融したエラストマーを注入して固まらせる。エラストマーが固まってバンドヒンジ55が形成されから、型開きして製品を取り出す。 In the mold apparatus, each element 23a to 23f is formed by injecting molten resin into each unit space 60 in a state where the slide mold 61 is advanced and then hardening, and then the slide mold 61 is moved backward. Thus, a space corresponding to the band hinge 55 is formed, and a molten elastomer is injected into this space and hardened. After the elastomer is hardened and the band hinge 55 is formed, the mold is opened and the product is taken out.
 このように、二色成形法を採用すると、各エレメントa~fを正確に位置決めできるため、背アウターシェル23を高い精度で製造できる。また、バンドヒンジ55は正確に形成されるため、エレメンド同士の連結強度にも優れている。バンドヒンジ55の成形手段としては、インサート成形法も採用できる。これは、スライド型61を備えていない金型装置を使用して、金型装置の所定位置にエレメント23a~23fをセットしてから、バンドヒンジ55に対応した空間にエラストマーを注入して固まらせることになる。 Thus, when the two-color molding method is adopted, each of the elements a to f can be accurately positioned, so that the back outer shell 23 can be manufactured with high accuracy. Further, since the band hinge 55 is accurately formed, the connection strength between the elements is excellent. As a means for forming the band hinge 55, an insert molding method can also be employed. This is because a mold apparatus that does not include the slide mold 61 is used and the elements 23a to 23f are set at predetermined positions of the mold apparatus, and then an elastomer is injected into the space corresponding to the band hinge 55 to be solidified. It will be.
 図14や図15、図8に示すように、バンドヒンジ55の上端部と、上段サイドエレメント23dと中段サイドエレメント23eとを繋ぐ部分の先端とには、突起55aを設けている。突起55aは、背アウターシェル23のエレメントに空けた突起(図示せず)を覆っている。このため、バンドヒンジ55が各エレメント23a~23fから剥がれることが、より確実に防止される。 As shown in FIG. 14, FIG. 15, and FIG. 8, a protrusion 55a is provided at the upper end of the band hinge 55 and the tip of the portion connecting the upper side element 23d and the middle side element 23e. The protrusion 55 a covers a protrusion (not shown) formed in the element of the back outer shell 23. For this reason, the band hinge 55 is more reliably prevented from being peeled off from the elements 23a to 23f.
 バンドヒンジ55の剥離防止手段としては、背アウターシェル23に突設したボスにバンドヒンジ55を嵌め込んだ状態に成形して、ボスの先端部を潰して頭を作り、頭でバンドヒンジ55を押さえ保持することが可能である。或いは、押さえ板をバンドヒンジ55に手前から重ねて、押さえ板を背アウターシェル23に固定してもよい。 As a means for preventing the band hinge 55 from peeling off, the band hinge 55 is molded into a boss projecting from the back outer shell 23, and the tip of the boss is crushed to make a head. It is possible to hold it down. Alternatively, the pressing plate may be overlapped with the band hinge 55 from the front, and the pressing plate may be fixed to the back outer shell 23.
 例えば図8、14~16から理解できるように、背アウターシェル23を構成する各エレメント23a~23fは、背もたれ3の外周を構成する部分に前向きのリブ63が形成されている。背インナー枠42は、リブ63で囲われた凹所に配置されている。このため、背インナー枠42はずれ不能に保持されている。例えば図8に示すように、背アウターシェル23の各エレメント23a~23fには、正面視で背インナー枠42の連結穴51と重なる連結用リブ64を前向きに突設している(連結構造は後述する。)。 For example, as can be understood from FIGS. 8 and 14 to 16, each of the elements 23 a to 23 f constituting the back outer shell 23 has a forward rib 63 formed in a portion constituting the outer periphery of the backrest 3. The back inner frame 42 is disposed in a recess surrounded by the rib 63. For this reason, the back inner frame 42 is held so as not to be displaced. For example, as shown in FIG. 8, each element 23a to 23f of the back outer shell 23 is provided with a connecting rib 64 projecting forward so as to overlap the connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 in front view (the connecting structure is (It will be described later.)
 (7).背アウターシェルの意義
 さて、特許文献1,2には、隣り合ったエレメントを回動可能に連結するヒンジ手段として,「フィルムヒンジ」と「マテリアルブリッジ」が開示されている。また、背アウターシェルのヒンジ部として、特許文献3としての米国特許第4711491号明細書には、背アウターシェルの一部を波形に形成することが開示されている。
(7) Significance of Back Outer Shell Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose “film hinges” and “material bridges” as hinge means for rotatably connecting adjacent elements. In addition, as a hinge portion of the back outer shell, US Pat. No. 4,711,491 as Patent Document 3 discloses that a part of the back outer shell is formed in a corrugated shape.
 特許文献1,2には、「フィルムヒンジ」と「マテリアルブリッジ」について図示した説明はなされていないが、いずれにしても、耐久性や強度、或いは円滑な屈曲を十分に確保できるか否か不明である。また、米国特許第4711491号では、背アウターシェルの一部をヒンジ部と成したものであるが、米国特許第4711491号の構造は、背もたれが特許文献1,2のように多数のエレメントで構成されている場合は適用することが困難であると推測される。また、波形の形態が人に違和感を与えることも懸念される。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not describe the “film hinge” and “material bridge” as illustrated, but in any case, it is unclear whether durability, strength, or smooth bending can be sufficiently secured. It is. Further, in US Pat. No. 4,711,491, a part of the back outer shell is formed as a hinge portion, but the structure of US Pat. No. 4,711,491 is composed of a number of elements as in Patent Documents 1 and 2. If it is, it is assumed that it is difficult to apply. There is also a concern that the form of the waveform gives a person a sense of incongruity.
 本実施形態は、このような現状の改善も目的にしている。 This embodiment is also intended to improve the current situation.
 本実施形態は、背もたれだけでなく、座やヘッドレストなどの椅子用身体支持体に広く適用できる。この身体支持体は、「相対回動可能な複数のエレメントで構成されており、隣り合ったエレメントがヒンジによって連結されている、という構成において、前記各エレメントは、強度メンバーとしての単位シェル体を有しており、前記ヒンジは、隣り合った単位シェル体に一体成形された帯状軟質樹脂材で構成されている」という発明として敷衍できる。帯状軟質樹脂材としては、エラストマーが好ましい。 This embodiment can be widely applied not only to the backrest but also to a body support for a chair such as a seat or a headrest. This body support is composed of “a plurality of elements that can rotate relative to each other, and adjacent elements are connected by hinges. Each element has a unit shell body as a strength member. And the hinge is composed of a band-shaped soft resin material integrally formed with adjacent unit shell bodies. As the belt-like soft resin material, an elastomer is preferable.
 上記の構成によると、帯状軟質樹脂材は単位シェル体に一体成形されているため、高い接着強度を確保できると共に、接着ムラが無くて加工精度においても優れている。また、ヒンジは単位シェル体とは異なる材料の軟質樹脂材で構成されているため、屈曲も滑らかでかつ耐久性や強度にも優れている。更に、椅子において、背アウターシェル等のアウターシェルは立体的な形状になっているのが普通であるが、帯状軟質樹脂材を一体成形することにより、隣り合った単位シェル体を確実かつ正確に連結できる。従って、信頼性にも優れている。帯状軟質樹脂材はフラット状であるため、露出しても人に違和感を与えることはなくて、美観にも優れている。 According to the above configuration, since the strip-shaped soft resin material is integrally formed with the unit shell body, high adhesive strength can be ensured, and there is no uneven adhesion, and the processing accuracy is excellent. Further, since the hinge is made of a soft resin material different from that of the unit shell body, the hinge is smooth and excellent in durability and strength. Furthermore, in a chair, the outer shell such as the back outer shell is usually a three-dimensional shape. However, by integrally molding the belt-shaped soft resin material, adjacent unit shell bodies can be reliably and accurately formed. Can be linked. Therefore, it is excellent in reliability. Since the belt-like soft resin material is flat, it does not give a sense of incongruity to humans even if it is exposed, and is excellent in aesthetics.
 また、帯状軟質樹脂材はどの方向にも変形するため、特許文献1,2のように多数の身体支持体がエレメントで構成されている場合でも、隣り合ったをエレメントを容易に相対回動させることができる。 In addition, since the belt-like soft resin material is deformed in any direction, even when a large number of body supports are composed of elements as in Patent Documents 1 and 2, adjacent elements can be easily rotated relative to each other. be able to.
 (8).背アウターシェルと背支柱との連結構造
 既に述べたが、背支柱13aの上端部は、背アウターシェル23の中段センターエレメント23bに相対回動可能に連結されている。この点を、図10~図12を参照して説明する。図11に示すように、背支柱13aの上端には、側面視で前傾姿勢でやや左右横長のボス部66が一体に形成されており、ボス部66に、左右横長の連結ピン67が挿通されている。連結ピン67は、ボス部66の左右両側に突出している。
(8). Connection structure between the back outer shell and the back column As described above, the upper end of the back column 13a is connected to the middle center element 23b of the back outer shell 23 so as to be relatively rotatable. This point will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 11, the left and right laterally long boss portions 66 are integrally formed at the upper end of the back column 13 a in a forward inclined posture in a side view, and the left and right laterally long connecting pins 67 are inserted into the boss portions 66. Has been. The connecting pin 67 protrudes from the left and right sides of the boss portion 66.
 他方、背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23bには、背支柱13aのボス部66を覆う抱持部68が後ろ向きに突設されており、図10に明示するように、抱持部68の下面部には、ボス部66及び連結ピン67が下方から嵌まる挿入穴70が空いている。 On the other hand, a holding portion 68 that covers the boss portion 66 of the back column 13a protrudes rearward from the center portion 23b of the back outer shell, and as clearly shown in FIG. Has an insertion hole 70 into which the boss 66 and the connecting pin 67 are fitted from below.
 そして、図11(A)に明示するように、背アウターシェル23の抱持部68は、補強リブ71で囲われた前向き開口の空間になっており、この空間の内部に、連結ピン67の左右露出部が手前から重なる左右一対の軸受け部72を前向きに突設しており、更に、連結ピン67の左右露出部を押さえ部材73で押さえることにより、連結ピン67を離脱不能に保持している。押さえ部材73は、4本のビス74で抱持部68に固定されている。また、図10に明示するように、押さえ部材73には、連結ピン67の両端部を手前から押さえる押さえ部73aが左右に分離して形成されている。左右の押さえ部73aの間に、ボス部66が位置している。 As clearly shown in FIG. 11A, the holding portion 68 of the back outer shell 23 is a space of a forward opening surrounded by the reinforcing rib 71, and the connection pin 67 is placed inside this space. A pair of left and right bearing portions 72 with the left and right exposed portions overlapping from the front are projected forward, and the left and right exposed portions of the connecting pin 67 are pressed by the pressing member 73 to hold the connecting pin 67 so as not to be detached. Yes. The pressing member 73 is fixed to the holding portion 68 with four screws 74. Further, as clearly shown in FIG. 10, the pressing member 73 is formed with a pressing portion 73 a that presses both ends of the connecting pin 67 from the front side. A boss portion 66 is located between the left and right pressing portions 73a.
 このように、押さえ部材73を使用することにより、連結ピン67を後ろから全く見えない状態に保持できる。また、連結ピン67の左右方向の移動は抱持部68で阻止されるので、スナップリングのような抜け止め手段も不要である。もとより、背支柱13aと背アウターシェル23との連結手段は任意であり、抱持部68に挿通した連結ピンでボス部63と連結することも可能である。 Thus, by using the pressing member 73, the connecting pin 67 can be held in a state where it cannot be seen from behind. Further, since the movement of the connecting pin 67 in the left-right direction is blocked by the holding portion 68, a retaining means such as a snap ring is unnecessary. Of course, the connecting means between the back column 13 a and the back outer shell 23 is arbitrary, and it is also possible to connect the boss portion 63 with a connecting pin inserted through the holding portion 68.
 背アウターシェル23は、中段センターエレメント23bのうち、やや上寄りの部位が背支柱13aに連結されている。従って、着座者が背もたれ3にもたれかかると、背もたれ3は、連結ピン64を中心にして後傾する傾向を呈する。 The back outer shell 23 is connected to the back column 13a at a slightly upper portion of the middle center element 23b. Therefore, when the seated person leans against the backrest 3, the backrest 3 tends to tilt backward about the connecting pin 64.
 (9).背もたれの傾動制御構造
 図10(A)及び図12に示すように、背支柱13aのボス部63の直下部には、既述の弾性体41が配置されている。弾性体41は、例えばゴム(チェラスト)から成っているが、コイルばねなどのばね体も使用できる。弾性体41は、基本的には前後方向に長い棒状であるが、前後中間部が最も小径となるように外周は凹んでいる。このため、砂時計に似た形状になっている。
(9). Back tilt control structure As shown in FIGS. 10A and 12, the elastic body 41 described above is disposed immediately below the boss 63 of the back column 13a. The elastic body 41 is made of, for example, rubber (Cherast), but a spring body such as a coil spring can also be used. The elastic body 41 basically has a rod shape that is long in the front-rear direction, but the outer periphery is recessed so that the front-rear intermediate part has the smallest diameter. For this reason, it has a shape similar to an hourglass.
 弾性体41の前面と後面には金属製のリング41aを接着等で固着しており、このリング41aが、背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23bと背支柱13aとにボルト77で締結されている。従って、リング41aは、ナットとしても機能している。背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23bと背支柱13aには、リング41aが密着する受け座76a,76bを形成している。また、背支柱13aの後面には、ボルト76を格納するための座繰り穴78が形成されている。なお、弾性体41の両端にねじ軸を突設し、このねじ軸をナットによって背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23bと背支柱13aとに固定することも可能である(この構成の方が、弾性体41の全体を変形させることができるため、好適である。)。 A metal ring 41a is fixed to the front and rear surfaces of the elastic body 41 by bonding or the like, and this ring 41a is fastened to the back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a with bolts 77. Therefore, the ring 41a also functions as a nut. The back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a are formed with receiving seats 76a and 76b in close contact with the ring 41a. A countersink hole 78 for storing the bolt 76 is formed on the rear surface of the back column 13a. It is also possible to project a screw shaft at both ends of the elastic body 41 and fix the screw shaft to the back outer shell middle stage center element 23b and the back column 13a with a nut (this configuration is more elastic body). 41 is preferable because the entire 41 can be deformed).
 図12(B)では、便宜的に、ニュートラル状態Nと執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとを、3本の線として表示している。そして、背もたれ3に体圧が掛かっていないニュートラル状態Nでは、弾性体41は、圧縮も伸びも全く又は殆どしていない自由状態になっている。逆に述べると、弾性体41に復元力が作用していないため、背もたれ3がニュートラル状態Nに保持されている。 In FIG. 12B, for convenience, the neutral state N, the working state F, and the locking state R are displayed as three lines. In the neutral state N in which no body pressure is applied to the backrest 3, the elastic body 41 is in a free state in which neither compression nor extension is performed. In other words, since the restoring force does not act on the elastic body 41, the backrest 3 is held in the neutral state N.
 背もたれ3の凸部Lのみが着座者の腰部で押されて背もたれ3が執務状態Fに移行すると、中段センターエレメント23bは、その上端が手前に移動して下端が後ろに移動するように、連結ピン67を中心にして回動する。従って、中段センターエレメント23bと背支柱13aとの間隔は狭くなる。従って、弾性体41は、圧縮変形及び曲がり変形する。換言すると、弾性体41を弾性変形させることにより、中段センターエレメント23bは、上端が手前に移動するように回動する。 When only the convex part L of the backrest 3 is pushed by the seated person's waist and the backrest 3 moves to the working state F, the middle center element 23b is connected so that its upper end moves forward and its lower end moves backward. It rotates around the pin 67. Accordingly, the distance between the middle center element 23b and the back column 13a is narrowed. Therefore, the elastic body 41 undergoes compressive deformation and bending deformation. In other words, by elastically deforming the elastic body 41, the middle stage center element 23b rotates so that the upper end moves forward.
 なお、ニュートラル状態Nから執務状態Fへの移行に際しては、弾性体41は、側面視において上側に反るように変形する。そして、弾性体41は、砂時計のように抉られた形状であるため、弾性体41の曲がり変形は容易になっている。従って、ニュートラル状態Nから執務状態Fへの移行はスムースに行われる。着座者が執務状態Fから上半身を手前に移動させると、背もたれ3は弾性体41の復元力によってニュートラル状態Nに戻る。 In the transition from the neutral state N to the work state F, the elastic body 41 is deformed to warp upward in a side view. Since the elastic body 41 is shaped like an hourglass, the elastic body 41 can be easily bent and deformed. Therefore, the transition from the neutral state N to the work state F is performed smoothly. When the seated person moves the upper body from the office state F to the near side, the backrest 3 returns to the neutral state N by the restoring force of the elastic body 41.
 ロッキング状態Rでは、着座者の体圧の中心が背もたれ3の回動中心(連結ピン67)よりも上にあるため、ニュートラル状態Nからロッキング状態Rへの移行に際しては、中段センターエレメント23bは、ニュートラル状態Nに対して、上端が後ろに移動して下端が手前に移動するように後傾する。従って、背支柱13aと背アウターシェル中段センターエレメント23bとの間隔は、ニュートラル状態Nよりも広がっていく。従って、弾性体41は、ニュートラル状態Nに対して伸び変形すると共に、下側に反るように曲がり変形する。 In the locking state R, the center of the body pressure of the seated person is above the center of rotation of the backrest 3 (the connecting pin 67). Therefore, when shifting from the neutral state N to the locking state R, the middle stage center element 23b With respect to the neutral state N, the upper end moves backward and the lower end moves backward so that the lower end moves forward. Therefore, the distance between the back column 13a and the back outer shell middle center element 23b is wider than in the neutral state N. Accordingly, the elastic body 41 extends and deforms with respect to the neutral state N and bends and deforms so as to warp downward.
 執務状態Fからロッキング状態Rに移行する場合は、弾性体41は、いったん自由状態に戻り、それから伸び変形することになる。ロッキング状態Rから身体を手前に起こすと、背もたれ3は、弾性体41の復元力によってニュートラル状態Nに戻る。なお、背もたれ3が手前への全体的に移動することは、ロッキングばねによって行われる。弾性体41は、ニュートラル状態Nに対する姿勢の変化、或いは、背支柱13aと背もたれ3との相対的な姿勢の変化の制御のためのものである。 When shifting from the working state F to the locking state R, the elastic body 41 once returns to the free state and then stretches and deforms. When the body is lifted from the locking state R, the backrest 3 returns to the neutral state N by the restoring force of the elastic body 41. In addition, it is performed by the rocking spring that the backrest 3 moves to the front generally. The elastic body 41 is for controlling a change in posture with respect to the neutral state N or a change in relative posture between the back column 13 a and the backrest 3.
 特許文献1,2においても、背もたれは背支柱に対して相対的に回動する。そして、背もたれを、着座者の体圧が掛かっていない原位置に戻すための復帰手段として、ばねエレメント26を備えている。しかるに、特許文献1,2では、背もたれ3は、サイドエレメントが原姿勢から狭まり変形するだけであり、従って、ばねエレメントもロッキング状態で圧縮されるに過ぎない。 Also in Patent Documents 1 and 2, the backrest rotates relative to the back column. And the spring element 26 is provided as a return means for returning a backrest to the original position where the body pressure of a seated person is not applied. However, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, in the backrest 3, only the side element is narrowed from the original posture and deformed, and therefore, the spring element is only compressed in the locked state.
 これに対して本実施形態では、背もたれ3はニュートラル状態Nを境にして、執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとに姿勢が相対的に変化するものであり、これに伴って、弾性体41は圧縮変形と伸び変形とに変形態様が相違する。また、弾性体41は、下向きに反る曲がりと、上向きに反る曲がりとに、執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとで曲がり方が逆になっている。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the backrest 3 changes its posture relative to the working state F and the locking state R with the neutral state N as a boundary, and accordingly, the elastic body 41 is compressed. The deformation mode differs between deformation and elongation deformation. The elastic body 41 is bent in the working state F and the locking state R in a bending direction that is bent downward and in a bending direction that is upward.
 これを逆に見ると、弾性体41の変形態様を逆にすることにより、背もたれ3は、ニュートラル状態Nを境にして、執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとに逆向きに姿勢が変化することが可能になっているといえる。従って、背もたれ3を、負荷が掛かっていない状態でニュートラル状態Nに保持しつつ、執務状態Fとロッキング状態Rとに姿勢変化させることが、1種類の弾性体41を利用して簡単かつ確実に実現されている。この点、本実施形態の大きな利点の一つである。 Looking at this in reverse, by reversing the deformation mode of the elastic body 41, the backrest 3 may change its posture in the opposite direction from the neutral state N to the working state F and the locking state R. It can be said that it is possible. Accordingly, it is possible to easily and reliably change the posture of the backrest 3 between the working state F and the rocking state R while holding the backrest 3 in the neutral state N with no load applied using one type of elastic body 41. It has been realized. This is one of the great advantages of this embodiment.
 (10). 背インナー枠と背アウターシェルとの連結構造・他
 次に、主として図14~16を参照して、背インナー枠42と背アウターシェル23との連結手段を説明する。本実施形態では、背インナー枠42と背アウターシェル23との連結は、図16に示すクリップ79を使用している。例えば図9に示すように、背アウターシェル23には、背インナー枠42の連結穴51に対応した板状の前向きリブ80の群が、前向きに突設されている。クリップ79が板状リブ80に嵌着することにより、背インナー枠42が背アウターシェル23に連結され、結果として、背クッション材24が背アウターシェル23に連結されている。
(10). Connection Structure of Back Inner Frame and Back Outer Shell, etc. Next, the connection means between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. In this embodiment, the clip 79 shown in FIG. 16 is used for the connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, a group of plate-like forward ribs 80 corresponding to the connection holes 51 of the back inner frame 42 are provided on the back outer shell 23 so as to protrude forward. By fitting the clip 79 to the plate-like rib 80, the back inner frame 42 is connected to the back outer shell 23, and as a result, the back cushion material 24 is connected to the back outer shell 23.
 クリップ79は、ステンレス板やばね鋼のような金属板製であり、山形に繋がった一対の側板81を有している。そして、図16(A)(D)のとおり、クリップ79は、山を先にした姿勢で、背インナー枠42の連結穴51に後ろから挿入されている。背インナー枠42の連結穴51は、背アウターシェル23との間に少し間隔を空けた前向きリブ80に形成されており、両側板81の先端部(自由端部)には、連結穴51の長手開口縁部51aを前後から挟持する抱持部82が曲げ形成されている。 The clip 79 is made of a metal plate such as a stainless steel plate or spring steel, and has a pair of side plates 81 connected to a mountain shape. 16 (A) and 16 (D), the clip 79 is inserted into the connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 from the back in a posture with a mountain first. The connecting hole 51 of the back inner frame 42 is formed in a forward-facing rib 80 that is slightly spaced from the back outer shell 23, and the connecting hole 51 is formed at the tip (free end) of the side plates 81. A holding portion 82 that holds the longitudinal opening edge portion 51a from the front and rear is bent.
 従って、クリップ79は、背インナー枠42に前後離反不能に保持される。連結穴51の長手開口縁には、背クッション材24の側に向いた段部83が形成されており、このため、長手開口縁部51aは段落ちしている。従って、抱持部82は、前向きリブ80の前面よりも後ろにずれた状態に配置される。 Therefore, the clip 79 is held in the back inner frame 42 so as not to be separated from the front and rear. A step portion 83 facing the back cushion material 24 is formed at the longitudinal opening edge of the connecting hole 51, and therefore the longitudinal opening edge portion 51a is stepped down. Therefore, the holding portion 82 is disposed in a state shifted rearward from the front surface of the forward rib 80.
 背アウターシェル23に設けた前向きリブ80は、先端(前端)に向けて厚さが薄くなるテーパ状であり、クリップ79の2枚の側板81の間に挿入される。そして、クリップ79の側板81には、前向きリブ80を挟むような挟持片84を内側に切り起こし形成しており、挟持片84に、前向きリブ80に食い込む爪85を一対ずつ切り起こし形成している。 The forward-facing rib 80 provided on the back outer shell 23 has a tapered shape whose thickness decreases toward the tip (front end), and is inserted between the two side plates 81 of the clip 79. Further, the side plate 81 of the clip 79 is formed by cutting and raising a holding piece 84 that sandwiches the forward rib 80 inward, and the nail 85 that bites into the forward rib 80 is cut and raised one by one on the holding piece 84. Yes.
 更に正確に述べると、まず、両挟持片84の先端部は、互いの間隔が背アウターシェル23に向けて広がるガイド部84aに形成されており、これにより、前向きリブ80が両挟持片84の間にスムースに誘い込まれる。更に、爪85は、ガイド部84aから両側板81の連接部に向けて延びており、かつ、相対向した爪85の先端間の間隔は、前向きリブ80の厚さよりも小さい寸法に設定されている。 More precisely, first, the front end portions of the both sandwiching pieces 84 are formed in the guide portions 84a whose distances are widened toward the back outer shell 23, whereby the forward ribs 80 of the both sandwiching pieces 84 are formed. Invited smoothly. Further, the claw 85 extends from the guide portion 84 a toward the connecting portion of the both side plates 81, and the distance between the tips of the opposed claws 85 is set to be smaller than the thickness of the forward rib 80. Yes.
 このため、前向きリブ80をクリップ79の内部に向けて押し込みきると、爪85が前向きリブ80に食い込む。これにより、背インナー枠42は背アウターシェル23に対して離脱不能に保持される。爪85は1枚の挟持片84に2つずつ形成しているが、1つずつ形成したり、3つ以上ずつ形成することも可能である。 For this reason, when the forward rib 80 is pushed into the clip 79, the claw 85 bites into the forward rib 80. Thereby, the back inner frame 42 is held so as not to be detached from the back outer shell 23. Two claws 85 are formed on one sandwiching piece 84, but can be formed one by one or three or more.
 本実施形態では、背クッション材24は、背インナー枠42にインサート成形によって接着されている。そして、背クッション材24は軟質であるので、背クッション材24が連結穴51に充満した状態に成形して、クリップ79を押し退ける状態でクリップ79を連結穴51に挿入することは可能である。或いは、インサート成形用の金型に、背クッション材24の外形に類似した突起を形成しておくことにより、背クッション材24にクリップ79が嵌まる空間を形成することも可能である。 In this embodiment, the back cushion material 24 is bonded to the back inner frame 42 by insert molding. Since the back cushion material 24 is soft, the clip 79 can be inserted into the connection hole 51 while the back cushion material 24 is filled in the connection hole 51 and the clip 79 is pushed away. Alternatively, it is also possible to form a space in which the clip 79 fits in the back cushion material 24 by forming a protrusion similar to the outer shape of the back cushion material 24 in the insert molding die.
 また、背インナー枠42と背アウターシェル23との連結として、上記では、前向きリブ80をクリップ79に挿入する方法として説明したが、実際には、クリップ79を前向きリブ80に押し込むことが一般的であるあると云える。この場合は、クリップ79は、背クッション材24を介して前向きリブ80に押し付けることになる。 Further, in the above description, the connection between the back inner frame 42 and the back outer shell 23 has been described as a method of inserting the forward rib 80 into the clip 79. However, in practice, the clip 79 is generally pushed into the forward rib 80. It can be said that. In this case, the clip 79 is pressed against the forward rib 80 via the back cushion material 24.
 背クッション材24を覆う表皮材24′の縁は、背インナー枠42の裏側に巻き込まれるが、表皮材24′の縁に、クリップ79が嵌まる穴を空けておいて、表皮材24′の縁の始末とクリップ79の取付けとを一緒に行うことも可能である。もとより、表皮材24′の縁は、タッカーで背インナー枠42に固定したり、接着材で接着したりしてもよい。 The edge of the skin material 24 ′ covering the back cushion material 24 is wound around the back side of the back inner frame 42, but a hole in which the clip 79 is fitted is formed in the edge of the skin material 24 ′, and the skin material 24 ′ It is also possible to clean the edges and attach the clip 79 together. Of course, the edge of the skin material 24 ′ may be fixed to the back inner frame 42 with a tucker, or may be bonded with an adhesive.
 なお、本実施形態では、表皮材24′は、背インナー枠42へのインサート成形と同時に、背クッション材24と一体化されている。すなわち、表皮材24′を金型にセットした状態で背クッション材24を成形することにより、図13に明示するように、表皮材24aが溝44に入り込んだ状態に保持することを簡単に実現できる。もとより、予め背クッション材24を成形してから、表皮材24′を接着剤等で背クッション材24に接着することも可能である。或いは、表皮材24′を背クッション材24に重ねて、表皮材24′の縁部を背インナー枠42にタッカー等で固定するといったことも可能である。 In the present embodiment, the skin material 24 ′ is integrated with the back cushion material 24 at the same time as the insert molding to the back inner frame 42. That is, by forming the back cushion material 24 with the skin material 24 ′ set in the mold, it is easily realized that the skin material 24 a is held in the groove 44 as clearly shown in FIG. 13. it can. Of course, it is also possible to form the back cushion material 24 in advance and then adhere the skin material 24 ′ to the back cushion material 24 with an adhesive or the like. Alternatively, the skin material 24 ′ may be overlaid on the back cushion material 24, and the edge of the skin material 24 ′ may be fixed to the back inner frame 42 with a tucker or the like.
 図16(A)に明示するように(図14や図15も参照)、背インナー枠42は背アウターシェル23の外周のリブ63で囲われている。従って、背インナー枠42を設けても美観の問題は生じない。また、既に述べたが、背インナー枠42が背アウターシェル23に対して正確に位置決めされるため、クリップ79と前向きリブ80との位置関係も正確に対応させることができる。このため、クリップ79と前向きリブ80とが見えない状態であっても、背クッション材24のうちクリップ79がある個所を押すだけで、各クリップ79を前向きリブ80に正確に取り付けることができる。 As clearly shown in FIG. 16A (see also FIG. 14 and FIG. 15), the back inner frame 42 is surrounded by a rib 63 on the outer periphery of the back outer shell 23. Therefore, even if the back inner frame 42 is provided, the problem of aesthetics does not occur. Further, as described above, since the back inner frame 42 is accurately positioned with respect to the back outer shell 23, the positional relationship between the clip 79 and the forward rib 80 can be accurately matched. For this reason, even if the clip 79 and the forward rib 80 are not visible, each clip 79 can be accurately attached to the forward rib 80 by simply pressing the portion of the back cushion member 24 where the clip 79 is located.
 例えば図6及び図7(A)に示すように、本実施形態の背もたれ3は、着座者の腰部の支持高さを調節するためのランバーサポート装置88も備えている。ランバーサポート装置88は、背クッション材24に後ろから当たるランバーサポート体89と、ランバーサポート体89を上下動操作するための操作レバー90と、レバー90を高さ調節自在に保持する支持ブラケット91とを備えている。図8に符号92で示すように、背アウターシェル中段エレメント23bの下端部の前面に、リブ93で囲われた凹所94を形成しており、支持ブラケット91は凹所94にずれ不能に固定されている。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7A, the backrest 3 of the present embodiment also includes a lumbar support device 88 for adjusting the support height of the waist of the seated person. The lumbar support device 88 includes a lumbar support body 89 that hits the back cushion material 24 from behind, an operation lever 90 for moving the lumbar support body 89 up and down, and a support bracket 91 that holds the lever 90 so that its height can be adjusted. It has. As indicated by reference numeral 92 in FIG. 8, a recess 94 surrounded by a rib 93 is formed on the front surface of the lower end portion of the back outer shell middle element 23b, and the support bracket 91 is fixed to the recess 94 so as not to be displaced. Has been.
 操作レバー90の上端部は、ランバーサポート体89の上端部の裏面にビスで固定されている。そして、操作レバー90は、背アウターシェル中段エレメント23bの下端部に設けた挿通穴95(図10参照)から下方に露出している。従って、着座者は、背もたれ3の後ろに手を回して操作レバー90を昇降操作することができる。支持ブラケット91には、操作レバー90の手前において上向きに突出した舌片を設けており、舌片の上端に前向きの係合突起を設けている一方、操作レバー90の前面に、係合突起が嵌脱する係合溝を上下多段に多数形成している。舌片の弾性変形により、係合突起と係合溝とが係脱する。 The upper end of the operation lever 90 is fixed to the back surface of the upper end of the lumbar support body 89 with screws. And the operation lever 90 is exposed below from the insertion hole 95 (refer FIG. 10) provided in the lower end part of the back outer shell middle stage element 23b. Therefore, the seated person can turn the operation lever 90 up and down by turning his / her hand behind the backrest 3. The support bracket 91 is provided with a tongue piece protruding upward in front of the operation lever 90, and a forward engagement protrusion is provided at the upper end of the tongue piece, while an engagement protrusion is provided on the front surface of the operation lever 90. A large number of engaging grooves for fitting and disengaging are formed in multiple stages. Due to the elastic deformation of the tongue piece, the engagement protrusion and the engagement groove are engaged and disengaged.
 既述のとおり、背インナー枠42は、背クッション材センターエレメント24bには固定されていない。そして、図7(A)から理解できるように、背クッション材24のセンター中段エレンメント24bとセンター下段エレンメント24cとは自由に変形(回動)できる状態になっている。このため、ランバーサポート体89の昇降動は阻害されず、着座者を後ろから支える高さ位置の変更を確実化できる。 As described above, the back inner frame 42 is not fixed to the back cushion material center element 24b. As can be understood from FIG. 7A, the center middle stage element 24b and the center lower stage element 24c of the back cushion member 24 are in a state of being freely deformable (turnable). For this reason, the raising / lowering motion of the lumbar support body 89 is not inhibited, and the change of the height position which supports a seated person from back can be ensured.
 (11).ランバーサポート装置の意義
 背もたれにランバーサポート装置を設けることは広く行われている。使用者の身長や好みに適合させるために、ランバーサポート体を高さ調節式に構成することも行われている。他方、背もたれの構造として、樹脂製の背アウターシェル(裏カバー)の手前に背クッション材を配置したものがある。このように背アウターシェルを備えた背もたれでは、ランバーサポート体をどうやって昇降操作するかが問題になる。
(11). Significance of lumbar support device It is widely practiced to provide a lumbar support device on the back. In order to adapt to the height and preference of the user, the lumbar support body is also configured to be adjustable in height. On the other hand, as a structure of the backrest, there is one in which a back cushion material is disposed in front of a resin-made back outer shell (back cover). Thus, in the backrest provided with the back outer shell, it becomes a problem how to lift and lower the lumbar support body.
 この点について特許第5529501号公報には、背アウターシェルの左右側端部と背クッション材の左右側端との合わせ面の個所から操作部(操作レバー)を露出させることが開示されている。つまり、特許第5529501号公報では、操作部は、背もたれの左右側面の個所から外側に露出させている。従って、操作部は背もたれの左右外側にはみ出ている。しかし、この構成では、横を通る人の物(例えば鞄)操作部に物が当たったり、横を通る人の衣服が操作部に引っ掛かったりすることが懸念される。 In this regard, Japanese Patent No. 5529501 discloses that the operating portion (operating lever) is exposed from the position of the mating surface between the left and right end portions of the back outer shell and the left and right end portions of the back cushion material. That is, in Japanese Patent No. 5529501, the operation unit is exposed to the outside from the left and right side portions of the backrest. Therefore, the operation unit protrudes from the left and right outer sides of the backrest. However, in this configuration, there is a concern that an object hits an operation part (for example, a bag) of a person passing by the side or clothes of a person passing by are caught on the operation part.
 本実施形態のランバーサポート装置は、このような現状を改善することも目的にしている。 The lumbar support device of the present embodiment is also aimed at improving such a current situation.
 そして、本実施形態を敷衍すると、ランバーサポート装置を備えて椅子を、「背もたれの背面を構成する背アウターシェルの手前に、背クッション材又はその他の身体支持部材が配置されており、前記身体支持部材と背アウターシェルとの間に、前記身体支持部材を介して着座者の腰部を支えるランバーサポート体が高さ調節可能に配置されている、という構成において、前記背アウターシェルを、着座者の腰部が最も手前に位置した屈曲部を形成しており、前記屈曲部の手前側に、前記ランバーサポート体を配置されている一方、前記背アウターシェルのうち、前記屈曲部の頂点よりも上の個所に、前記ランバーサポート体を昇降操作する操作部を露出させるための挿通穴が空いており、前記操作部は、前記挿通穴から下方に延びている」、という構成として提示できる。 Then, when the present embodiment is laid down, a chair provided with a lumbar support device, “a back cushion material or other body support member is arranged in front of the back outer shell constituting the back of the backrest, and the body support In a configuration in which a lumbar support body that supports the waist of the seated person via the body support member is disposed between the member and the back outer shell so that the height can be adjusted. The lumbar support body is formed on the front side of the bent portion, and the lumbar support body is disposed on the front side of the bent portion, while the back outer shell is above the apex of the bent portion. There is an insertion hole for exposing an operation part for raising and lowering the lumbar support body at a location, and the operation part extends downward from the insertion hole. , It can be presented as a configuration that.
 この構成では、操作部は背アウターシェルの後ろに位置しているため、横を通る人の物や衣服が当たったり引っ掛かったりする不都合は生じない。また、操作部は背アウターシェルに設けた挿通穴を使用して露出させるため、背アウターシェルと背クッション材とは全周にわたって固定等することができる。従って、背クッション材の取り付け強度が低下したり、背クッション材と背アウターシェルとの合わせ面に隙間が空いて美観を損なうような問題もない。背アウターシェルに上下長手の長穴を空けて、この長穴から操作レバー(摘み)を露出させる構成も採用可能である。 In this configuration, since the operation unit is located behind the back outer shell, there is no inconvenience that a person's object or clothes passing next to it will hit or get caught. Moreover, since the operation part is exposed using the insertion hole provided in the back outer shell, the back outer shell and the back cushion material can be fixed over the entire circumference. Therefore, there is no problem that the attachment strength of the back cushion material is reduced, or that the appearance is impaired due to a gap in the mating surface between the back cushion material and the back outer shell. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a vertically long slot is formed in the back outer shell and the operation lever (knob) is exposed from the slot.
 (14). 椅子のデザイン的な特徴
 本実施形態では、背クッション材24は9枚のエレメント24a~24fで構成されており、各エレメント24a~24fの前面は表皮材24′で構成されている。表皮材24′はクロス(布地)や合成皮革などからなるが、いずれにしても、インサート成形によって背クッション材24に一体に接着されているため、表皮材24′は、背クッション材24の前面の全体に、張った状態で接着される。
(14). Design Features of the Chair In this embodiment, the back cushion material 24 is composed of nine elements 24a to 24f, and the front surfaces of the elements 24a to 24f are composed of a skin material 24 '. . The skin material 24 ′ is made of cloth (cloth), synthetic leather, or the like, but in any case, the skin material 24 ′ is integrally bonded to the back cushion material 24 by insert molding. It is glued in a stretched state.
 従って、図13(A)に明示するように、背もたれ3の前面は、皺がなく張った状態の表皮材24′で構成されており、かつ、各エレメント24a~24fは溝30によって区分されている。更に、溝30の個所にも表皮材24′が入り込んでいる。また、本実施形態の特徴として、各エレメント24a~24fは、溝30の存在によって、平坦面と周囲の裾部とを有する略台形状(或いは高原状)の形態になっていることである。従って、着座者の身体に当たる部分は基本的にフラットになっている。この点は、座クッション材17も同様である。 Accordingly, as clearly shown in FIG. 13 (A), the front surface of the backrest 3 is composed of a skin material 24 ′ that is stretched without wrinkles, and the elements 24 a to 24 f are divided by the grooves 30. Yes. Further, the skin material 24 ′ also enters the groove 30. In addition, as a feature of the present embodiment, each element 24a to 24f has a substantially trapezoidal shape (or plateau shape) having a flat surface and a peripheral skirt portion due to the presence of the groove 30. Therefore, the part which hits a seated person's body is basically flat. This also applies to the seat cushion material 17.
 そして、着座者の身体が当たる部分は平坦状であるため、着座者の背中・腰は、背もたれ3及び座2の表面全体に均等当たる。このため、背中や腰に作用する反力も、背中や腰に広く分散する。このため、局所的な突き上げ感は皆無となって、高い使用感を得ることができる。なお、エレメント24a~24fの外周部は、角張っていてもよいし丸みを帯びていてもよい。 And since the part where the seated person's body hits is flat, the seater's back / waist hits the backrest 3 and the entire surface of the seat 2 evenly. For this reason, the reaction force acting on the back and waist is also widely distributed on the back and waist. For this reason, there is no local push-up feeling and a high usability can be obtained. Note that the outer peripheral portions of the elements 24a to 24f may be square or rounded.
 図1に明示するように、座2の上面(換言すると、座クッション材17の上)は、溝96により、5つの各エレメント2a~2dに分かれている。すなわち、平面視台形の中央エレメント2aをメインの要素として、中央エレメント2aの手前に位置したセンターフロントエレメント2b、中央エレメント2aの後ろに位置したリアエレメント2c、中央エレメント2a及びリア支持部17cの左右両側に位置したサイドエレメント2dに分かれている。従って、座クッション材17の上面は、左右方向と前後方向との両方向において複数に区画されている。溝96は、背もたれ3の溝30(図13(A))と同じになっている。 As clearly shown in FIG. 1, the upper surface of the seat 2 (in other words, on the seat cushion material 17) is divided into five elements 2a to 2d by a groove 96. That is, with the center element 2a having a trapezoidal shape in plan view as a main element, the center front element 2b positioned in front of the center element 2a, the rear element 2c positioned behind the center element 2a, the center element 2a, and the left and right sides of the rear support portion 17c It is divided into side elements 2d located on both sides. Therefore, the upper surface of the seat cushion material 17 is divided into a plurality of parts in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction. The groove 96 is the same as the groove 30 of the backrest 3 (FIG. 13A).
 座クッション材17は、背クッション材24と同様に、インサート成形によって座インナーシェル16に一体に接着されている。また、座クッション材17への表皮材の接着も、座クッション材17の成形と同時に行われる。なお、インサート成形においては、表皮材は、座インナーシェル16をセットした金型と対向した金型にセットされる。具体的には、真空吸着や粘着剤による粘着によって、金型にセットされている(この点は、背クッション材24の場合も同じである。)。 The seat cushion material 17 is integrally bonded to the seat inner shell 16 by insert molding, similarly to the back cushion material 24. Further, the adhesion of the skin material to the seat cushion material 17 is performed simultaneously with the molding of the seat cushion material 17. In insert molding, the skin material is set in a mold facing the mold in which the seat inner shell 16 is set. Specifically, it is set in the mold by vacuum suction or adhesion by an adhesive (this is the same for the back cushion material 24).
 特許文献1,2では、背もたれは9枚のエレメントに区分されており、図1では、隣り合った各エレメントの境界部である折り目は単なる線に表示されている。そして、特許文献1,2の図1では、各エレメントは前向きに突出した山形に表示されていると解される。座の上面の形態は明確に把握できないが、山形のエリアが複数存在しているように見受けられる。つまり、座についても、背もたれとデザイン的な統一性を持たせていると推測さる。 In Patent Documents 1 and 2, the backrest is divided into nine elements, and in FIG. 1, the fold line that is the boundary between adjacent elements is displayed as a simple line. In FIGS. 1 and 2 of Patent Documents 1 and 2, it is understood that each element is displayed in a mountain shape protruding forward. Although the shape of the upper surface of the seat cannot be clearly grasped, it seems that there are multiple mountain-shaped areas. In other words, it is assumed that the seat also has a backrest and design unity.
 また、特許文献1,2では、背もたれを構成するエレメントの境界は明瞭であり、従って、従来にないデザインとしてユーザーの注目を引くと云える。しかし、各エレメントが山形であると、ユーザーによっては、違和感を持つかもしれない。従って、複数のエレメントで構成されてはいても、より滑らかなデザインに対する要請は存在していると云える。 In Patent Documents 1 and 2, the boundaries of the elements constituting the backrest are clear, and thus it can be said that the user's attention is drawn as an unprecedented design. However, if each element is Yamagata, some users may feel uncomfortable. Therefore, even if it is composed of a plurality of elements, it can be said that there is a demand for a smoother design.
 本実施形態は、特許文献1,2を更にデザイン的に洗練させると共に、身体への当たりの滑らかさも向上させることも、課題・目的の一つとしている。 In the present embodiment, one of the problems and purposes is to further refine the design of Patent Documents 1 and 2 and improve the smoothness of hitting the body.
 デザイン的な目的を達成するための手段として本実施形態で採用している特徴は、
 1):人の身体の当たる側にクッション材が張られている身体支持体を備えている椅子において、前記クッション材は、全体として一連に連続しつつ、表面は溝によって複数のエレメントに区画されており、前記溝で区画された各エレメントの表面は平坦状になっている。という第1デザイン的発明と敷衍できる。
Features adopted in this embodiment as a means for achieving the design purpose are as follows:
1): In a chair provided with a body support in which a cushioning material is stretched on the side where the human body hits, the cushioning material is continuous in a series as a whole, and the surface is partitioned into a plurality of elements by grooves. The surface of each element defined by the groove is flat. It can be laid with the first design invention.
 この敷衍された発明における身体支持体には、背もたれ、座、ヘッドレスト、肘当て、シェルダーレストなどが含まれる。更に、本実施形態のデザイン的な特徴は、エレメントが屈曲しない椅子にも適用できる。そして、第1デザイン的発明は、以下の1)~7)に例示するように、様々に展開できる。 The body support in the laid invention includes a backrest, a seat, a headrest, an elbow rest, a sheller rest, and the like. Furthermore, the design features of this embodiment can also be applied to a chair in which the element does not bend. The first design invention can be developed in various ways as exemplified in the following 1) to 7).
 2).第2デザイン的発明:第1デザイン的発明において、前記身体支持体としての背もたれを構成する背クッション材の前面に、当該背クッション材を左右方向と上下方向とに両方向において複数に区画する複数本の溝が形成されている。 2). Second design invention: In the first design invention, on the front surface of the back cushion material constituting the backrest as the body support, a plurality of the back cushion materials are divided into a plurality of parts in both the left and right directions and the vertical direction. Grooves are formed.
 3).第1デザイン的発明において、第3デザイン的発明:前記身体支持体としての座を構成する座クッション材の上面に、当該座クッション材を左右方向と前後方向とに両方向において複数に区画する複数本の溝が形成されている。 3). In the first design invention, the third design invention: a plurality of seat cushion materials on the upper surface of the seat cushion material constituting the seat as the body support body, the seat cushion material being divided into a plurality of parts in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction. Grooves are formed.
 4).第1~第3デザイン的発明のうちのいずれかにおいて、前記身体支持体としての背もたれを構成する背クッション材の前面に、当該背クッション材を左右方向と上下方向とに両方向において複数に区画する複数本の溝が形成されている一方、前記身体支持体としての座を構成する座クッション材の上面に、当該座クッション材を左右方向と前後方向とに両方向において複数に区画する複数本の溝が形成されており、前記背クッション材におけるエレメントのパターンと座クッション材におけるエレメントとが対称に近い形態になっている。 4). In any one of the first to third design inventions, the back cushion material is divided into a plurality of parts in both the left and right directions and the vertical direction on the front surface of the back cushion material constituting the backrest as the body support. While a plurality of grooves are formed, on the upper surface of the seat cushion material constituting the seat as the body support body, a plurality of grooves that divide the seat cushion material into a plurality in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction The pattern of the element in the back cushion material and the element in the seat cushion material are in a form close to symmetry.
 5).第1~第4デザイン的発明のうちのいずれかにおいて、前記クッション材の表面には表皮材が張られており、前記表皮材をインサート成形によってクッション材に一体に固着することにより、表皮材が前記溝の内部に入り込むと共に全体として張った状態でクッション材に接着されている。 5). In any one of the first to fourth design inventions, a skin material is stretched on the surface of the cushion material, and the skin material is fixed to the cushion material integrally by insert molding. It enters the inside of the groove and is bonded to the cushion material in a stretched state as a whole.
 6).第1~第5デザイン的発明のうちのいずれかにおいて、前記身体支持体としての背もたれが、その背面を構成する背アウターシェルと前面を構成するクッション材とを備えており、前記背クッション材の前面に、当該背クッション材を左右方向と上下方向とに両方向において複数に区画する複数本の溝が形成されている一方、前記背アウターシェルの背面には、前記クッション材の溝と前後対称状に溝が形成されている。 6). In any one of the first to fifth design inventions, the backrest as the body support body includes a back outer shell constituting the back surface thereof and a cushion material constituting the front surface thereof. On the front side, a plurality of grooves are formed to divide the back cushion material into a plurality of directions in both the left and right directions and the up and down direction, while the back surface of the back outer shell is symmetrical with the grooves of the cushion material. Grooves are formed in.
 前記背クッション材と背アウターシェルとは、前記溝の個所のうち全部又は複数の個所がヒンジ部になっている。 The back cushion material and the back outer shell have hinge portions at all or a plurality of portions of the groove.
 7).第1~第6デザイン的発明のうちのいずれかにおいて、直線状の複数の溝の群によって幾何学模様が構成されている。 7). In any one of the first to sixth design inventions, the geometric pattern is constituted by a group of a plurality of linear grooves.
 上記のデザイン的発明では、クッション材は全体として一連に広がっているため、身体支持体の組み立ては容易であるし、寸法精度も高くなる。また、各エレメントの表面は平坦状であるため、過剰な装飾性を無くして人に好ましい印象を与えることができる。すなわち、デザイン的に洗練されたものとすることができる。また、各エレメントが平坦状であることにより、身体支持体が広い面積にわたって人の身体に当たるため、身体へのフィット性も向上できる。 In the above design invention, since the cushion material spreads in a series as a whole, the assembly of the body support is easy and the dimensional accuracy is also increased. Further, since the surface of each element is flat, it is possible to give a favorable impression to a person without excessive decoration. That is, it can be refined in design. Moreover, since each element is flat, the body supporter hits the human body over a wide area, so that fit to the body can be improved.
 更に、本実施形態では、上記したデザイン的側面で見ると、椅子の背面視では背アウターシェル23と座2とが同時に見えるが、両者とも台形や三角形を基調にした幾何学模様とデザインが統一されているため、背面視(バックビュー)においても、優れた美粧効果を発揮している。従って、背もたれ3と座2との表面の模様・パターンに統一性を持たせると、好ましいと云える。幾何学模様を表す場合、四角や六角形のような他の多角形を、1種類又は複数種類組み合わせることも可能である。実施形態のように、背もたれの背面を前面と同じ態様に溝で区画すると、フロントビューとバックビューとの統一が取れているため、好適である。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, when viewed from the above-mentioned design aspect, the back outer shell 23 and the seat 2 can be seen at the same time in the back view of the chair, but the geometric pattern and design based on trapezoids and triangles are both unified. Therefore, even in the rear view (back view), an excellent cosmetic effect is exhibited. Therefore, it can be said that it is preferable to make the patterns and patterns of the surfaces of the backrest 3 and the seat 2 uniform. When representing a geometric pattern, it is also possible to combine one or more types of other polygons such as a square or a hexagon. As in the embodiment, it is preferable to divide the back surface of the backrest into grooves in the same manner as the front surface because the front view and the back view can be unified.
 実施形態では、エレメント23a~23f,24a~24fが着座者の押し作用で屈曲(回動)したが、エレメント23a~23f,24a~24fが単に弾性に抗して回動する構成とすることも可能である。つまり、エレメント23a~23f,24a~24fが例えばロッキングに連動して屈曲するのではなくて、着座者の体圧で押されて、弾性に抗して後ろに屈曲する構成とすることも可能である。 In the embodiment, the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f are bent (rotated) by the pushing action of the seated person, but the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f may be configured to simply rotate against elasticity. Is possible. In other words, the elements 23a to 23f and 24a to 24f may be configured to bend backward against the elasticity by being pressed by the body pressure of the seated person instead of being bent in conjunction with the locking, for example. is there.
 デザイン的特徴において、背もたれ3及び座2とも、エレメントの数や形状、配置は実施形態に限定されることなく、任意に設定可能である。例えば、実施形態の変形例として、上段エリア27(a,d)を備えない態様があり得る。背もたれ3のみを幾何学模様に構成したり、座2のみを幾何学模様に構成したりすることも可能である。また、背もたれ3及び座2とも、複数のエレメントが上下複数段又は前後複数列に並んだだけの縞模様に形成したり、複数のエレメントが左右複数列に並んだだけの縞模様に形成したりすることも可能である。水玉模様で統一するといったことも可能である。 In the design features, the number, shape and arrangement of the elements of the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are not limited to the embodiment and can be arbitrarily set. For example, as a modification of the embodiment, there may be an aspect in which the upper area 27 (a, d) is not provided. It is also possible to configure only the backrest 3 in a geometric pattern or configure only the seat 2 in a geometric pattern. Further, both the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are formed in a striped pattern in which a plurality of elements are arranged in a plurality of upper and lower steps or a plurality of front and rear rows, or in a striped pattern in which a plurality of elements are arranged in a plurality of left and right rows. It is also possible to do. It is also possible to unify with a polka dot pattern.
 更、デザイン的特徴の展開例は、図27でも表示している。すなわち、図27では、溝30,96で形成されるパターンの別例を示している。各分図は背もたれ3と座2とを同一平面に展開した状態に表示しており、座2及び背もたれ3とも、座クッション材に表皮材を張った構造である。 Furthermore, an example of the development of design features is also shown in FIG. That is, FIG. 27 shows another example of the pattern formed by the grooves 30 and 96. In each of the drawings, the backrest 3 and the seat 2 are displayed in a state where they are unfolded on the same plane, and both the seat 2 and the backrest 3 have a structure in which a seat cushion material is stretched with a skin material.
 図27において、座2と背もたれ3とは、(A)では四角の枠の模様で統一されて、(B)の例では横縞模様で統一され、(C)では縦縞で統一されて、(D)では縦横の格子模様で統一されている。(E)では、円と放射状ラインとの組み合わせになっている。(F)は3人掛けのベンチに適用しており、座及び背もたれ3とも、枡目にクロスラインを入れた模様で統一されている。座と背もたれとの模様・パターンに統一性を持たせずに、アンバランス性をコンセプトにすることも可能である。 In FIG. 27, the seat 2 and the backrest 3 are unified with a square frame pattern in (A), unified with a horizontal stripe pattern in the example of (B), unified with vertical stripes in (C), (D ) Is standardized by vertical and horizontal grid patterns. (E) is a combination of a circle and a radial line. (F) is applied to a bench for three people, and both the seat and the backrest 3 are unified with a cross-lined pattern. It is also possible to make the concept of unbalance without having the uniformity of the design and pattern of the seat and the backrest.
 デザイン的発明は、ヘッドレストやショルダーレスト、肘当てなどのオプション品にも適用できる。これらのオプション品は、溝による模様を背もたれや座と統一させることも可能であるし、独自のデザインとすることも可能である。また、背もたれと座との模様・パターンを互いに関連がない図柄とすることも可能である。 The design invention can be applied to optional items such as headrests, shoulder rests, and elbow pads. These optional products can be unified with the pattern of the groove and the backrest or seat, or can have a unique design. It is also possible to make the backrest and the seat pattern different from each other.
 (12).ベース部
 本実施形態の椅子は、座2やその支持機構についても改良が施されている。この点を次に説明する。まず、主として図17~図20を参照して、ベース部を説明する。
(12). Base part The chair of this embodiment is improved also about the seat 2 and its support mechanism. This point will be described next. First, the base portion will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
 既述のとおり、ベース部は固定ベース9と傾動ベース10とを主要部材としている。このうち固定ベース9は、例えば図19(A)や図17(B)から理解できるように、ダイキャスト品又は鋳造品であり、左右の側板9aと底部とを有する上向き開口の浅い箱状に形成されている。後部に設けた上下開口の筒状ボス部125に、脚支柱7の上端が下方から嵌着している。固定ベース9の前部は、手前に向けて高くなるように側面視で傾斜している。 As described above, the base portion includes the fixed base 9 and the tilt base 10 as main members. Among these, the fixed base 9 is a die-cast product or a cast product, as can be understood from FIG. 19A and FIG. 17B, for example, and has a shallow box shape with an upward opening having left and right side plates 9a and bottom portions. Is formed. The upper end of the leg strut 7 is fitted from below into a cylindrical boss 125 having an upper and lower opening provided at the rear. The front portion of the fixed base 9 is inclined in a side view so as to become higher toward the front.
 他方、図19(A)や図17(B)に示すように、傾動ベース10は、左右側板10aと後面板10bとを有して上下に開口しており、後面板10bには、上向きに開口した背支持部10cが固定されている。背支持部10cは左右の側板を有する上向き開口の樋状に形成されており、その内部に背支持フレーム13の前端部が嵌め入れられている。図17(A)のとおり、背支持フレーム13は、背支持部10cに複数本のボルト126で固定されている。 On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 19 (A) and 17 (B), the tilting base 10 has a left and right side plate 10a and a rear plate 10b and is opened up and down, and the rear plate 10b faces upward. The opened back support portion 10c is fixed. The back support portion 10c is formed in a bowl shape with an upward opening having left and right side plates, and the front end portion of the back support frame 13 is fitted therein. As shown in FIG. 17A, the back support frame 13 is fixed to the back support portion 10c with a plurality of bolts 126.
 傾動ベース10は金属板製であり、その側板10aが固定ベース9の側板9aの外側に位置するようにして配置されている。すなわち、傾動ベース10は、固定ベース9に外側から被さっている。そして、図19(A)参照に示すように、傾動ベース10の側板10aの前端寄り部位が、支軸11によって固定ベース9に連結されている。 The tilting base 10 is made of a metal plate, and is arranged so that the side plate 10 a is positioned outside the side plate 9 a of the fixed base 9. That is, the tilting base 10 covers the fixed base 9 from the outside. As shown in FIG. 19A, the front end portion of the side plate 10 a of the tilting base 10 is connected to the fixed base 9 by the support shaft 11.
 例えば図19(A)に示すように、傾動ベース10の左右側板10aの前部上端は、左右横長のフロントジョイント127によって連結されている。従って、傾動ベース10は、左右側板10aと後面板10bとフロントジョイント127とにより、上下に開口した枠構造になっている。 For example, as shown in FIG. 19A, the front upper ends of the left and right side plates 10a of the tilting base 10 are connected by a laterally long front joint 127. Therefore, the tilting base 10 has a frame structure opened up and down by the left and right side plates 10a, the rear plate 10b, and the front joint 127.
 図17(B)からよく理解できるように、フロントジョイント127の下方には、前部固定ばね受け128が配置されている。この前部固定ばね受け128は、支軸11によって固定ベース9と傾動ベース10とに連結されているが、固定ベース9に設けたストッパー軸129によって、前傾不能に保持されている。従って、位置と姿勢は固定されている。 As can be understood from FIG. 17B, a front fixed spring receiver 128 is disposed below the front joint 127. The front fixed spring receiver 128 is connected to the fixed base 9 and the tilting base 10 by the support shaft 11, but is held by a stopper shaft 129 provided on the fixed base 9 so that it cannot be tilted forward. Therefore, the position and posture are fixed.
 図20に示すように、前部固定ばね受け128の後面にはくさび形昇降体130が重ね配置されており、かつ、くさび形昇降体130の後面に、前部可動ばね受け131が重ね配置されている。くさび形昇降体130は、下に行くほど前後幅が小さくなっており、このため、くさび形昇降体130が昇降すると、前部可動ばね受け131は前後動する。前部可動ばね受け131は、前後動のみして昇降はしないように保持されている。 As shown in FIG. 20, a wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is disposed on the rear surface of the front fixed spring receiver 128, and a front movable spring receiver 131 is disposed on the rear surface of the wedge-shaped lifting body 130. ing. The wedge-shaped lifting body 130 has a smaller front-rear width as it goes down. For this reason, when the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 moves up and down, the front movable spring receiver 131 moves back and forth. The front movable spring receiver 131 is held so that it only moves back and forth and does not move up and down.
 そして、固定ベース9の後部には、後部ばね受け132を固定しており、前部可動ばね受け131と後部ばね受け132とにより、左右一対のロッキングばね(圧縮コイルばね)133を前後から挟んでいる。従って、傾動ベース10の後傾動に対して、ロッキングばね133が抵抗して作用する。 A rear spring receiver 132 is fixed to the rear portion of the fixed base 9, and a pair of left and right locking springs (compression coil springs) 133 are sandwiched from the front and rear by the front movable spring receiver 131 and the rear spring receiver 132. Yes. Therefore, the rocking spring 133 acts against the rear tilt of the tilt base 10.
 くさび形昇降体130には上下長手のねじ軸134が螺合している。ねじ軸134の上端は、フロントジョイント127によって回転自在で上下動不能に保持されている。また、ねじ軸134の下端は、前部固定ばね受け128に設けた下支持片137(図17(B)も参照)によって回転自在に保持されている。また、ねじ軸134は、フロントジョイント127と下支持片137とで上下動不能に保持されている。 The wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is screwed with a vertically long screw shaft 134. The upper end of the screw shaft 134 is held by a front joint 127 so as to be rotatable and unable to move up and down. The lower end of the screw shaft 134 is rotatably held by a lower support piece 137 (see also FIG. 17B) provided on the front fixed spring receiver 128. The screw shaft 134 is held by the front joint 127 and the lower support piece 137 so as not to move up and down.
 ねじ軸134の下端には、下窄まりの第1ベベルギア138が固定されている。一方、弾力調節ハンドル14の先端には、第1ベベルギア138に噛合する第2ベベルギア139が固定されている。従って、弾力調節ハンドル14を回転操作すると、ベベルギア138,139を介してねじ軸134が回転し、これにより、くさび形昇降体130が上下動し、これに連動して前部可動ばね受け131が前後動する。 The lower beveled first bevel gear 138 is fixed to the lower end of the screw shaft 134. On the other hand, a second bevel gear 139 that meshes with the first bevel gear 138 is fixed to the tip of the elasticity adjusting handle 14. Accordingly, when the elasticity adjusting handle 14 is rotated, the screw shaft 134 is rotated via the bevel gears 138 and 139, whereby the wedge-shaped lifting body 130 is moved up and down, and the front movable spring receiver 131 is interlocked with this. Move back and forth.
 弾力調節ハンドル14は筒状であって、支軸11に外側から嵌まっている。従って、弾力調節ハンドル14は、支軸11の軸受けの役割を果たしている。また、高さ調節ハンドル15も筒状の形態であって支軸11に外から嵌まっており、従って、高さ調節ハンドル15も支軸11の軸受けの役割を果たしている。なお、高さ調節ハンドル15の回転操作により、脚支柱7の上端に突出したプッシュバルブが下向きに押されるが、その機構の説明は省略する。 The elasticity adjusting handle 14 has a cylindrical shape and is fitted to the support shaft 11 from the outside. Accordingly, the elasticity adjusting handle 14 serves as a bearing for the support shaft 11. Further, the height adjustment handle 15 has a cylindrical shape and is fitted to the support shaft 11 from the outside. Therefore, the height adjustment handle 15 also serves as a bearing for the support shaft 11. The push valve protruding from the upper end of the leg column 7 is pushed downward by the rotation operation of the height adjustment handle 15, but the description of the mechanism is omitted.
 例えば図19(A),図20に示すように、固定ベース9の前端部には、固定ベース9の上方に延びるフロントリンク140が、左右横長の第1軸141によって連結されている。従って、フロントリンク140は、その下端部を中心にして前後方向に回動し得る。そして、フロントリンク140の上端に、座受け部材12の前部が左右横長の第2軸142によって連結されている。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 19A and 20, a front link 140 extending above the fixed base 9 is connected to the front end portion of the fixed base 9 by a first shaft 141 that is horizontally long. Therefore, the front link 140 can be rotated in the front-rear direction around the lower end thereof. The front portion of the seat receiving member 12 is connected to the upper end of the front link 140 by a horizontally elongated second shaft 142.
 図20に示すように,フロントリンク140と前部固定ばね受け131との間には、圧縮コイルばね143が配置されている。従って、フロントリンク140は、圧縮コイルばね143で前傾方向に付勢されている。但し、図18(B)から理解できるように、フロントリンク140の下端が固定ベース9の前端に当たることにより、フロントリンク140の前傾角度が規制されている。 As shown in FIG. 20, a compression coil spring 143 is disposed between the front link 140 and the front fixed spring receiver 131. Accordingly, the front link 140 is biased forward by the compression coil spring 143. However, as can be understood from FIG. 18B, the forward tilt angle of the front link 140 is restricted by the lower end of the front link 140 hitting the front end of the fixed base 9.
 図19(A)や図18(A)のとおり、座受け部材12は、前後長手の縦長フレーム1144を有している。縦長フレーム144は、上端に左右外向きの上フランジ144aが形成された断面逆L形の形態であり、左右の上フランジ144aに、左右横長のフロントステー145とリアステー146とを溶接で固着している。従って、座受け部材12は、上下に開口した枠構造になっている。フロントステー145及びリアステー146は、縦長フレーム144の左右外側にはみ出ている。なお、図1,2に表示する肘掛け装置4は、リアステー146の張り出し部の下面に、スペーサ(図示せず)を介して固定されている。 As shown in FIGS. 19A and 18A, the seat receiving member 12 has a vertically long frame 1144. The vertically long frame 144 has an L-shaped cross section in which an upper flange 144a facing left and right is formed at the upper end. A horizontally long front stay 145 and a rear stay 146 are fixed to the left and right upper flange 144a by welding. Yes. Therefore, the seat receiving member 12 has a frame structure opened up and down. The front stay 145 and the rear stay 146 protrude beyond the left and right sides of the vertically long frame 144. The armrest device 4 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is fixed to the lower surface of the protruding portion of the rear stay 146 via a spacer (not shown).
 図19(B)では、座受け部材12に座アウターシェル18が上から被さった状態を示しており、座受け部材12のフロントステー145が部分的に見えている。座アウターシェル18は、座受け部材12の上フランジ144a(図19(A)参照)にビスで固定されている。このため、図19(A)に示すように、座受け部材12の左右上フランジ144aには、ビス挿通穴147が前後に2か所ずつ空けられている。 FIG. 19B shows a state in which the seat outer member 18 is covered with the seat receiving member 12 from above, and the front stay 145 of the seat receiving member 12 is partially visible. The seat outer shell 18 is fixed to the upper flange 144a of the seat receiving member 12 (see FIG. 19A) with screws. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 19A, the left and right upper flanges 144a of the seat receiving member 12 are provided with two screw insertion holes 147 at the front and rear.
 図18(A)や図19(A)に示すように、座受け部材12の縦長フレーム144は、その前部がフロントリンク140の上端に第2軸142で連結されて、その後部が、傾動ベース10の後端部に左右横長の第3軸148で連結されている。従って、傾動ベース10が後傾すると、座受け部材12は後端しつつ後傾する。但し、座受け部材12の後傾角度は傾動ベース10の後傾角度よりは小さい。 As shown in FIGS. 18A and 19A, the longitudinal frame 144 of the seat receiving member 12 has its front portion connected to the upper end of the front link 140 by the second shaft 142, and its rear portion tilted. The base 10 is connected to the rear end of the base 10 by a horizontally elongated third shaft 148. Therefore, when the tilting base 10 is tilted rearward, the seat receiving member 12 tilts rearward while rearward. However, the rearward tilt angle of the seat receiving member 12 is smaller than the rearward tilt angle of the tilting base 10.
 (13). 座の構造
 次に、主として図21,22を参照して、座2を説明する(図4も参照)。座インナーシェル16は、ポリプロピレン等の樹脂を材料にした成形品であり、全体は一体構造であるが、例えば図21,22に示すように、着座者の体圧が強くかかる座メインインナーシェル16aと、座メインインナーシェル16aの手前に位置した座フロントインナーシェル16bと、座メインインナーシェル16aの後ろに位置した座リアインナーシェル16cとの3つのパートに区分されている。
(13). Structure of Seat Next, the seat 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22 (see also FIG. 4). The seat inner shell 16 is a molded product made of a resin such as polypropylene, and has an integral structure as a whole. For example, as shown in FIGS. And a seat front inner shell 16b positioned in front of the seat main inner shell 16a and a seat rear inner shell 16c positioned behind the seat main inner shell 16a.
 例えば図24から正確に理解できるように、座フロントインナーシェル16bと座リアインナーシェル16cとはほぼ同じ程度の前後幅であり、大雑把には、それぞれ全長の1/4程度の前後幅である。他方、座メインインナーシェル16aは、全長の半分程度の前後幅になっている。例えば図21(A)に示すように、座インナーシェル16は(及び座クッション材17は)、人の臀部や大腿部のプロフィールに適合するように、上向きに凹状に凹んでいる。また、座フロントインナーシェル16bは、前端に行くに従って低くなるように側面視で湾曲している。 For example, as can be accurately understood from FIG. 24, the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat rear inner shell 16c have approximately the same front-rear width, and roughly each have a front-rear width of about 1/4 of the total length. On the other hand, the seat main inner shell 16a has a front-rear width of about half of the total length. For example, as shown in FIG. 21A, the seat inner shell 16 (and the seat cushion material 17) is recessed upward so as to conform to the profile of a person's buttocks and thighs. The seat front inner shell 16b is curved in a side view so as to become lower as it goes to the front end.
 座メインインナーシェル16aは、着座者を安定的に支持するパートである。従って、基本的には剛体構造になっている。但し、クッション性を確保するためには、例えば図21(A)に示すように、上下に開口したスリット151の群を設けている。スリット151の群は、前後長手のものと平面視傾斜姿勢のものとが混在しており、着座者の尾てい骨が当たる部分を中心にして配置されている。 The seat main inner shell 16a is a part that stably supports the seated person. Therefore, it basically has a rigid structure. However, in order to ensure cushioning properties, for example, as shown in FIG. 21A, a group of slits 151 opened up and down is provided. The group of slits 151 is a mixture of a longitudinally long and a slanted posture in plan view, and is arranged around a portion where the tailbone of the seated person hits.
 例えば図21(A)や図24に示すように、座メインインナーシェル16aの前部は下向きに凹んだ下向き土手部152になっている。このため、高い剛性を確保されている。下向き土手部152の内部には、これを横切る姿勢の前後長手のリブ153が左右方向に並んで形成されている。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 24, the front portion of the seat main inner shell 16a is a downward bank portion 152 that is recessed downward. For this reason, high rigidity is ensured. Inside the downward bank portion 152, longitudinal longitudinal ribs 153 are formed side by side in a lateral direction.
 また、例えば図21に示すように、下向き土手部152のうち、左右半分に半分ずつ分けた部位の略左右中間部には、上部テープ保持部154が形成されている。上部テープ保持部154は、座フロントインナーシェル16bを座クッション材17と一緒に下方に巻き込むためのテープ155(図21参照)の後端部(一端部)を係止(固定)するためのものであり、図21(B)に拡大して示すように、左右のリブ156で挟まれた上下開口の空間に、前後2本のバー157,158を配置した態様になっている。 Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 21, an upper tape holding portion 154 is formed at a substantially left and right intermediate portion of a portion of the downward bank portion 152 that is divided into half on the left and right halves. The upper tape holding portion 154 is for locking (fixing) the rear end portion (one end portion) of the tape 155 (see FIG. 21) for winding the seat front inner shell 16b together with the seat cushion material 17 downward. As shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 21B, two front and rear bars 157 and 158 are arranged in the space of the upper and lower openings sandwiched between the left and right ribs 156.
 テープ155は可撓性部材の一例であり、編地や織地のような布帛で構成されている(強靱な布テープである。)。そして、図26(B)に示すように、テープ155の後端を後ろのバー158に巻き掛けてからハトメ等のファスナでループ状に保持している。従って、手前のバー157は、テープ155が過度に屈曲することを抑制するガイド体の役割を果たしている。 The tape 155 is an example of a flexible member, and is composed of a fabric such as a knitted fabric or a woven fabric (a tough fabric tape). Then, as shown in FIG. 26 (B), the rear end of the tape 155 is wound around the back bar 158 and then held in a loop shape by a fastener such as eyelet. Therefore, the front bar 157 serves as a guide body that suppresses the tape 155 from being bent excessively.
 テープ155は、他の様々な方法で固定できる。例えば、テープ155の後端をビスで固定することも可能である。或いは、テープ155の後端にフックを固定して、このフックをバーに係止してもよい。更に、テープ155をバーに巻いてから2枚重ねの状態で手前に引き出すことも可能である。なお、テープ155は座フロントインナーシェル16bの上面に重なっているので、座クッション材17のインサート成形は、テープ155を座インナーシェル16に取り付けた状態で行われる。 The tape 155 can be fixed by various other methods. For example, the rear end of the tape 155 can be fixed with a screw. Alternatively, a hook may be fixed to the rear end of the tape 155 and the hook may be locked to the bar. Furthermore, it is also possible to draw out the tape 155 around the bar and then pull it forward in a state of two layers. Since the tape 155 overlaps the upper surface of the seat front inner shell 16b, the insert molding of the seat cushion material 17 is performed with the tape 155 attached to the seat inner shell 16.
 座フロントインナーシェル16bは、下向きの巻き込み変形を許容するための変形許容部である。そして、図21,22等に示すように、変形を許容するための弱化手段として、前後に並んだ複数列の横長スリット159が形成されている。横長スリット159を挟んで前後に隣り合った帯状部160は、左右両端においてブリッジ161で連結されている。ブリッジ161は、巻き込み変形を容易化するため、上向きに突出した逆U形(山形)になっている。なお、1つの横長スリット159の個所に3か所以上のブリッジ161を配置することも可能である。 The seat front inner shell 16b is a deformation allowing portion for allowing downward entanglement deformation. As shown in FIGS. 21, 22, etc., as a weakening means for allowing deformation, a plurality of rows of horizontally long slits 159 arranged in the front-rear direction are formed. The band-like portions 160 adjacent to each other on the front and rear sides across the horizontally long slit 159 are connected by bridges 161 at both left and right ends. The bridge 161 has an inverted U shape (mountain shape) protruding upward in order to facilitate entrainment deformation. It is also possible to arrange three or more bridges 161 at one horizontal slit 159.
 例えば図22(A)や図26(B)から理解できるように、横長スリット159で分断された帯状部160は上向きに開口した樋状の形態であり、リブによって補強されている。従って、着座者の大腿部は座2の前部で安定的に支持される。また、座フロントインナーシェル16bのうち横長スリット159の群よりも手前の先端部162は、基本的に板構造であるが、多数のリブで補強されている。従って、フロントインナーシェル16bが過度に変形することはなくて、座2としての支持機能とが保持されている。 For example, as can be understood from FIG. 22 (A) and FIG. 26 (B), the belt-like portion 160 divided by the horizontally long slit 159 has a bowl-like shape opened upward, and is reinforced by ribs. Therefore, the thigh of the seated person is stably supported by the front part of the seat 2. The front end 162 of the seat front inner shell 16b in front of the group of the horizontally long slits 159 basically has a plate structure, but is reinforced by a number of ribs. Therefore, the front inner shell 16b is not excessively deformed, and the supporting function as the seat 2 is maintained.
 また、例えば図21(A)や図22(A)のとおり、座フロントインナーシェル16bを構成する帯状部160と先端部162とには、テープ155の左右位置を規制するためのテープ保持溝164を形成している。 Further, for example, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 22A, a tape holding groove 164 for restricting the left and right positions of the tape 155 is formed in the belt-like portion 160 and the tip portion 162 constituting the seat front inner shell 16b. Is forming.
 例えば図22(A)や図24に示すように、座メインインナーシェル16aと座リアインナーシェル16cとの間には、左右横長のセンタースリット165と、その両側に配置された透かし穴166とが介在している。換言すると、センタースリット165と透かし穴166とによって、座メインインナーシェル16aと座リアインナーシェル16cとの境界部がヒンジ部になっている。 For example, as shown in FIGS. 22A and 24, between the seat main inner shell 16a and the seat rear inner shell 16c, there are left and right lateral center slits 165 and watermark holes 166 arranged on both sides thereof. Intervene. In other words, the boundary between the seat main inner shell 16a and the seat rear inner shell 16c is a hinge portion by the center slit 165 and the watermark hole 166.
 そして、座メインインナーシェル16aとリアインナーシェル16cとは、座センタースリット165と透かし穴166との間に位置した第1ブリッジ167と、透かし穴166の左右外側に位置した第2ブリッジ168とで繋がっている。従って、座リアインナーシェル16cは、座メインインナーシェル16aに対して後傾動できる。第1ブリッジ167は単なる山形の形態であり、第2ブリッジ168は波形の形態である。従って、座リアインナーシェル16cの左右両側部が座メインインナーシェル16aに対して大きく逃げ回動することが許容されている。 The seat main inner shell 16a and the rear inner shell 16c are composed of a first bridge 167 located between the seat center slit 165 and the watermark hole 166, and a second bridge 168 located on the left and right outside of the watermark hole 166. It is connected. Therefore, the seat rear inner shell 16c can tilt backward with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a. The first bridge 167 has a simple mountain shape, and the second bridge 168 has a waveform shape. Accordingly, the left and right side portions of the seat rear inner shell 16c are allowed to largely escape and rotate with respect to the seat main inner shell 16a.
 既述のとおり、座インナーシェル16の上面には、幾何学模様を構成する溝96が形成されている。この場合、図26に示すように、まず、座フロントインナーシェル16bの前後中途部の上方に、左右横長の溝96が形成られている。このため、座の前部が下向きに巻き込み変形することが容易になっている。 As described above, the groove 96 constituting the geometric pattern is formed on the upper surface of the seat inner shell 16. In this case, as shown in FIG. 26, left and right laterally long grooves 96 are first formed above the front and rear middle portions of the seat front inner shell 16b. For this reason, it is easy for the front part of the seat to be rolled downward and deformed.
 左右横長の溝96を座フロントインナーシェル16bの後端部の上方に形成することも可能であるが、この場合は、巻き込みの終期にならないと溝96の個所で屈曲せずに、溝96によって弱化部(ヒンジ部)を形成したことの意義が薄くなる。これに対して、図示のように、横長スリット159やブリッジ161の群からなる変形部の前後中間部の上に溝96を設けると、巻き込みの始期から溝96の個所が屈曲するため、座2の前部の変形が軽い力でかつ正確に行われる利点がある。 It is also possible to form a horizontally elongated groove 96 above the rear end of the seat front inner shell 16b. In this case, the groove 96 is not bent at the location of the groove 96 until the end of the winding. The significance of forming the weakened portion (hinge portion) is reduced. On the other hand, as shown in the figure, when the groove 96 is provided on the front and rear intermediate portion of the deformed portion made of the group of the horizontally long slit 159 and the bridge 161, the portion of the groove 96 is bent from the beginning of the winding, so that the seat 2 There is an advantage that the deformation of the front part is performed with a light force and accurately.
 (14). 座アウターシェルの基本構造
 次に、座アウターシェル18を、主として図23~26に基づいて説明する。例えば図22(A)に明示するように、座アウターシェル18は、座メインインナーシェル16aが重なる座メインアウターシェル18aと、座フロントインナーシェル16bに対応した座フロントアウターシェル18bと、座リアインナーシェル16cに対応した座リアアウターシェル18cとの3つの部材で構成されている。
(14). Basic Structure of Seat Outer Shell Next, the seat outer shell 18 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. For example, as clearly shown in FIG. 22A, the seat outer shell 18 includes a seat main outer shell 18a on which the seat main inner shell 16a overlaps, a seat front outer shell 18b corresponding to the seat front inner shell 16b, and a seat rear inner shell. It is comprised by three members with the seat rear outer shell 18c corresponding to the shell 16c.
 これら3つの部材18a~18cは別部材として製造されており、座フロントアウターシェル18bは座メインアウターシェル18aに前後スライド自在に装着されており、座リアアウターシェル18cは、座メインアウターシェル18aに後傾動可能に連結されている。座メインアウターシェル18aは、着座者の身体を安定的に支持する機能を有するものであり、剛性を確保するために、上面には多数の補強リブが形成されている。 These three members 18a to 18c are manufactured as separate members. The seat front outer shell 18b is slidably attached to the seat main outer shell 18a, and the seat rear outer shell 18c is attached to the seat main outer shell 18a. It is connected so that it can tilt backward. The seat main outer shell 18a has a function of stably supporting the seated person's body, and a number of reinforcing ribs are formed on the upper surface in order to ensure rigidity.
 図22(A)に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aの後端には、後ろ向きに開口した連結用凹部170が左右に分かれて一対形成されている。一方、座リアアウターシェル18cの前端には、連結用凹部170に後ろから嵌まる左右一対の連結用凸部171が前向きに突設されており、これら連結用凹部170と連結用凸部171とが、左右長手のピン172で連結されている。従って、座リアアウターシェル18cは、座メインアウターシェル18aに対して、相対的に後傾し得る。 As shown in FIG. 22 (A), a pair of connecting recesses 170 opened rearward are formed at the rear end of the seat main outer shell 18a. On the other hand, at the front end of the seat rear outer shell 18c, a pair of left and right connecting convex portions 171 that fits into the connecting concave portion 170 are projected forward, and the connecting concave portion 170, the connecting convex portion 171, and the like. Are connected by left and right longitudinal pins 172. Therefore, the seat rear outer shell 18c can be inclined backward relative to the seat main outer shell 18a.
 図22(A)のとおり、座リアアウターシェル18cの連結用凸部171は、上向きに高くなっている。そこで、座メインインナーシェル16aと座リアインナーシェル16cとの境界部に、連結用凸部171が当たることを防止する透かし穴166を設けている。すなわち、座インナーシェル16の透かし穴166は、連結用凸部171を上に逃がすためのものである。 As shown in FIG. 22 (A), the connecting convex portion 171 of the seat rear outer shell 18c is raised upward. Therefore, a watermark hole 166 is provided at the boundary between the seat main inner shell 16a and the seat rear inner shell 16c to prevent the connecting convex portion 171 from hitting. That is, the watermark hole 166 of the seat inner shell 16 is for allowing the connecting convex portion 171 to escape upward.
 座リアアウターシェル18cには、補強のためのリブが多数形成されている。また、座リアアウターシェル18cの左右横幅は、座メインアウターシェル18aの左右横幅よりもかなり小さく設定されている。従って、座リアアウターシェル18cの左右横幅は、座インナーシェル16における座リアインナーシェル16cの左右横幅よりも小さくなっている。 A large number of reinforcing ribs are formed on the seat rear outer shell 18c. Further, the lateral width of the seat rear outer shell 18c is set to be considerably smaller than the lateral width of the seat main outer shell 18a. Accordingly, the lateral width of the seat rear outer shell 18 c is smaller than the lateral width of the seat rear inner shell 16 c in the seat inner shell 16.
 図22(A)や図25に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aのおおよそ前半部のうち左右両側部は、下向きに大きく凹んだ溝状の固定ガイド部(下向き凸条部)173になっており、左右の固定ガイド凹部173の間の部分は、基本的には平坦な支持部174になっている。支持部174の前端は、左右の固定ガイド部173の前端よりも少し後ろに入り込んでいる。 As shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 25, the left and right side portions of approximately the front half of the seat main outer shell 18a become groove-shaped fixed guide portions (downward protruding ridge portions) 173 that are greatly recessed downward. The portion between the left and right fixed guide recesses 173 is basically a flat support portion 174. The front end of the support portion 174 enters slightly behind the front ends of the left and right fixed guide portions 173.
 他方、座フロントアウターシェル18bは、座メインアウターシェル18aの固定ガイド部173に前後スライド自在に嵌まる左右の可動ガイド部175と、座メインアウターシェル18aの支持部174に上から重なる被支持部176とを備えている。座フロントアウターシェル18bは前後スライドするが、被支持部176は、支持部174の手前に離れることはなくて、前進しきった状態でも、後端部は支持部174に載っている。座フロントアウターシェル18bには、補強のため多数のリブを設けている。 On the other hand, the seat front outer shell 18b includes left and right movable guide portions 175 that are slidably fitted back and forth to the fixed guide portion 173 of the seat main outer shell 18a, and a supported portion that overlaps the support portion 174 of the seat main outer shell 18a from above. 176. Although the seat front outer shell 18b slides back and forth, the supported portion 176 does not leave in front of the support portion 174, and the rear end portion rests on the support portion 174 even in a fully advanced state. The seat front outer shell 18b is provided with a number of ribs for reinforcement.
 例えば図25から理解できるように、座メインアウターシェル18aの固定ガイド部173は、正面視で基本的には下窄まりの台形状の形態であるが、図19(B)から理解できるように、ハンドル14,15の回転操作の妨げにならないように、下向きにえぐった形態の逃がし凹部177を形成している。 For example, as can be understood from FIG. 25, the fixed guide portion 173 of the seat main outer shell 18a is basically in the form of a trapezoid that is narrowed in front view, but can be understood from FIG. In order not to hinder the rotation operation of the handles 14 and 15, the relief recess 177 is formed in a shape that is depressed downward.
 図22(A)に示すように、固定ガイド部173は、内側面(内側板)173aと外側面(外側板)173b、及び、下面を構成する支持リブ173cとを有している。内側面173aは略鉛直姿勢であり、外側面173bは、上に向けて左右方向外側にずれるように傾斜している。他方、座フロントアウターシェル18bの可動ガイド部175は、図25に示すように、固定ガイド部173に対応して、鉛直姿勢の内側面(内側板)175aと、傾斜姿勢の外側面(外側板)175bと、平坦状の底面(底板)175cとを有している。ガイド部173,175の嵌まり合いにより、座フロントアウターシェル18bはガタ付きのない状態で前後スライドし得る。 22A, the fixed guide portion 173 has an inner surface (inner plate) 173a, an outer surface (outer plate) 173b, and a support rib 173c constituting the lower surface. The inner side surface 173a has a substantially vertical posture, and the outer side surface 173b is inclined so as to be shifted outward in the left-right direction. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 25, the movable guide portion 175 of the seat front outer shell 18 b corresponds to the fixed guide portion 173 and has an inner side surface (inner plate) 175 a in a vertical posture and an outer side surface (outer plate in an inclined posture). ) 175b and a flat bottom surface (bottom plate) 175c. Due to the fitting of the guide portions 173 and 175, the seat front outer shell 18b can slide back and forth with no backlash.
 図22(A)や図25に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aの前部と後部とには、座受け部材12に固定するための雌ねじ穴178を空けている。雌ねじ穴178の個所は上向きのボス部になっており、ビスは、下方から雌ねじ穴178にねじ込まれる。なお、座メインアウターシェル18aと座受け部材12とは、他の手段で固定してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 25, female screw holes 178 for fixing to the seat receiving member 12 are formed in the front and rear portions of the seat main outer shell 18a. A portion of the female screw hole 178 is an upward boss portion, and the screw is screwed into the female screw hole 178 from below. The seat main outer shell 18a and the seat receiving member 12 may be fixed by other means.
 (15). 座フロントアウターシェルの他のガイド手段
 例えば図25(A)から理解できるように、座フロントアウターシェル18bにおける被支持部176の下面は基本的には平坦になっており、このため、被支持部176は支持部174によって安定した状態に支持される。そして、被支持部176と支持部174とに、抜け止めを兼用する2種類のガイド手段を設けている。
(15). Other guide means for the seat front outer shell As can be understood from FIG. 25 (A), for example, the lower surface of the supported portion 176 in the seat front outer shell 18b is basically flat. The supported portion 176 is supported in a stable state by the support portion 174. The supported portion 176 and the support portion 174 are provided with two types of guide means that also serve as a retainer.
 すなわち、第1のガイド手段の要素として、図22(B)に拡大して示すように、支持部174のうち左右中間部を挟んだ左右両側の部位に、前後長手の固定ガイドレール179を設け、左右の固定ガイドレール179の相対向した面に前後長手の蟻溝180を形成している。 That is, as an element of the first guide means, as shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 22B, the front and rear longitudinal fixed guide rails 179 are provided at the left and right sides of the support portion 174 with the left and right intermediate portions sandwiched therebetween. The longitudinal dovetail grooves 180 are formed on the opposing surfaces of the left and right fixed guide rails 179.
 また、図25(A)に示すように、座フロントアウターシェル18bの被支持部176には、固定ガイドレール179との緩衝を回避するための逃がし溝181を形成することにより、左右の固定ガイドレール179の間に位置した可動ガイドレール182を形成し、可動ガイドレール182の後端部に、固定ガイドレール179の蟻溝180に嵌合するスライド突起183を設けている。このため、座フロントアウターシェル18bの前後動がガイドされると共に、座フロントアウターシェル18bは座メインアウターシェル18aに対して上向き抜け不能に保持されている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 25A, left and right fixed guides are formed by forming escape grooves 181 for avoiding buffering with the fixed guide rails 179 in the supported portion 176 of the seat front outer shell 18b. A movable guide rail 182 positioned between the rails 179 is formed, and a slide projection 183 that fits into the dovetail groove 180 of the fixed guide rail 179 is provided at the rear end of the movable guide rail 182. Therefore, the longitudinal movement of the seat front outer shell 18b is guided, and the seat front outer shell 18b is held so as not to be upwardly pulled out with respect to the seat main outer shell 18a.
 次に、第2のガイド手段について述べる。第2ガイド手段として、まず、図22(A)に示すように、支持部174の前端寄り部位でかつ固定ガイドレール179よりも左右外側の部位に筒状のガイドボス184を突設している一方、座フロントアウターシェル18bの被支持部176には、ガイドボス184が嵌まる前後長手のガイド溝185を形成しており、ガイドボス184に、図24に示したビス186を上からねじ込んでいる。従って、ビス186の頭が抜け止めの役割を果たしている。 Next, the second guide means will be described. As the second guide means, first, as shown in FIG. 22 (A), a cylindrical guide boss 184 protrudes from a portion closer to the front end of the support portion 174 and outside the left and right sides of the fixed guide rail 179. On the other hand, a longitudinally extending guide groove 185 into which the guide boss 184 is fitted is formed in the supported portion 176 of the seat front outer shell 18b, and the screw 186 shown in FIG. 24 is screwed into the guide boss 184 from above. Yes. Therefore, the head of the screw 186 plays a role of retaining.
 前後長手の固定ガイドレール179と前後長手のガイド溝185とが左右に一対ずつ形成されているため、座フロントアウターシェル18bは、左右に振れることなく安定した状態で前後スライドし得る。ガイドボス184が固定ガイドレール179よりも手前に位置しているため、座フロントアウターシェル18bは、ガイド溝185がガイドボス184に嵌まるように座メインアウターシェル18aに重ね、次いで後ろにスライドさせるという手順により、スライド突起183を蟻溝180に嵌め込むことができる。 Since the front and rear longitudinal fixed guide rails 179 and the front and rear longitudinal guide grooves 185 are formed in pairs on the left and right, the seat front outer shell 18b can slide back and forth in a stable state without swinging left and right. Since the guide boss 184 is positioned in front of the fixed guide rail 179, the seat front outer shell 18b overlaps with the seat main outer shell 18a so that the guide groove 185 fits into the guide boss 184, and then slides backward. The slide protrusion 183 can be fitted into the dovetail groove 180 by the procedure described above.
 座フロントアウターシェル18bの前後スライドストロークはガイド溝185で規定されるため、スライド突起183が蟻溝180から外れることはない。また、ビス186のねじ込みは、スライド突起183を蟻溝180に嵌め入れた後に行われる。座フロントアウターシェル18bは座フロントインナーシェル16bの支持部であるが、この支持部は、座受け部材12やベース等のように、座メインアウターシェル18aでない部材に装着することも可能である。また、スライド機構として、リンク機構などの各種の手段を採用できる。 Since the front / rear slide stroke of the seat front outer shell 18 b is defined by the guide groove 185, the slide protrusion 183 does not come off the dovetail groove 180. The screw 186 is screwed after the slide protrusion 183 is fitted into the dovetail groove 180. The seat front outer shell 18b is a support portion for the seat front inner shell 16b, but this support portion can be attached to a member other than the seat main outer shell 18a, such as the seat receiving member 12 or the base. Various means such as a link mechanism can be employed as the slide mechanism.
 (16). 座フロントアウターシェルへのテープの取り付け構造等
 例えば図22(A)や図26に示すように、座フロントアウターシェル18bの前端部には、テープ155の他端を取り付けるための下部テープ保持部187が形成されている。図26に示すように、下部テープ保持部187は前後に開口した横長溝188を有しており、テープ155の前端(他端)は、座フロントインナーシェル16bの前端部162に設けた穴162aを経由して横長溝188に通ってから、押さえ板189によって、下部テープ保持部187の裏面に固定されている。押さえ板189は、ビス190により、下部テープ保持部187の壁に固定されている。テープ155の前端部についても、フックを使用するなど、様々な連結手段を採用できる。
(16). Tape attachment structure to the seat front outer shell, etc. For example, as shown in FIGS. 22A and 26, the front end of the seat front outer shell 18b is a lower portion for attaching the other end of the tape 155. A tape holding portion 187 is formed. As shown in FIG. 26, the lower tape holding portion 187 has a horizontally long groove 188 that opens in the front and rear directions, and the front end (the other end) of the tape 155 is a hole 162a provided in the front end portion 162 of the seat front inner shell 16b. After passing through the horizontally long groove 188, it is fixed to the back surface of the lower tape holding part 187 by a pressing plate 189. The holding plate 189 is fixed to the wall of the lower tape holding part 187 with screws 190. Various connecting means such as a hook can be adopted for the front end portion of the tape 155.
 座フロントアウターシェル18bを後退させると、座インナーシェル16における座フロントインナーシェル16bの前端が、テープ155によって下向き及び後ろ向きに押される。従って、座フロントインナーシェル16bは、座クッション材17と一緒に下向きに巻かれるように変形する(図26(B)の一点鎖線参照)。これにより、座2の前後幅(奥行き)が変化する。座フロントアウターシェル18bを前進させると、座2の前部は、座フロントインナーシェル16b及び座クッション材17の弾性復元力により、元の状態に戻り変形する。 When the seat front outer shell 18 b is retracted, the front end of the seat front inner shell 16 b in the seat inner shell 16 is pushed downward and backward by the tape 155. Therefore, the seat front inner shell 16b is deformed so as to be wound downward together with the seat cushion material 17 (see the one-dot chain line in FIG. 26B). Thereby, the front-rear width (depth) of the seat 2 changes. When the seat front outer shell 18b is advanced, the front portion of the seat 2 is returned to its original state and deformed by the elastic restoring force of the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat cushion material 17.
 本実施形態では、座クッション材17は、座インナーシェル16にインサート成形によって一体化されており、横長スリット159に入り込むと共に、帯状部160の内部にも充満している。このため、座クッション材17は、座フロントインナーシェル16bを引き伸ばす弾性体の役割を果たしている。その結果、ばねのような戻し手段を設けなくとも、座フロントアウターシェル18bを前進させると、座2の前部は確実に戻り変形する。 In this embodiment, the seat cushion material 17 is integrated with the seat inner shell 16 by insert molding, enters the horizontally long slit 159, and also fills the inside of the belt-shaped portion 160. For this reason, the seat cushion material 17 plays the role of an elastic body that stretches the seat front inner shell 16b. As a result, even if the return means such as a spring is not provided, when the seat front outer shell 18b is advanced, the front portion of the seat 2 is reliably returned and deformed.
 本実施形態では、座フロントインナーシェル16bはテープ155によって上から押された状態で下方に巻き込まれるため、巻き込み変形に際して座2の前部が上や手前に膨れることはない。 In the present embodiment, the seat front inner shell 16b is wound downward while being pressed from above by the tape 155, so that the front portion of the seat 2 does not swell upward or near during the winding deformation.
 つまり、座フロントインナーシェル16bの前端を引く構成の場合は、巻き込み時に、横長スリット159の目が広がる傾向を呈することがあり、その結果、巻き込みときに座2の前部の表面が膨れる減少を生じる可能性があるが、本実施形態では、座フロントインナーシェル16bがテープ155で上から押さえられているため、横長スリット159の目開きが生じるこきとはなく、従って、美観に優れている。 In other words, in the case of the configuration in which the front end of the seat front inner shell 16b is pulled, the eyes of the horizontally long slits 159 may tend to be widened at the time of winding. In this embodiment, since the seat front inner shell 16b is pressed from above by the tape 155, the opening of the horizontal slit 159 does not occur, so that the appearance is excellent.
 また、座フロントインナーシェル16bの変形許容部が座フロントアウターシェル18bに重なるように保持されているため、座フロントインナーシェル16bの上向きの浮きも防止される。この面でも、美観に優れている。また、座フロントインナーシェル16b及び座フロントアウターシェル18bには係合手段を設ける必要はないため、構造の簡素化にも貢献できる。 Further, since the deformation allowing portion of the seat front inner shell 16b is held so as to overlap the seat front outer shell 18b, the seat front inner shell 16b can be prevented from floating upward. Also in this aspect, it is excellent in aesthetics. Moreover, since it is not necessary to provide an engagement means in the seat front inner shell 16b and the seat front outer shell 18b, it is possible to contribute to simplification of the structure.
 さて、テープ155は座フロントインナーシェル16bの先端の下端から後ろに漉き込むことも可能であるが、この場合は、座フロントインナーシェル16bが上向きに起こされるおそれがある。この点、本実施形態のように、テープ155を座フロントアウターシェル18bの先端部162aに設けた穴162aから後ろに通すと、座フロントインナーシェル16bが引かれる位置をできるだけ高くすることができるため、座フロントインナーシェル16bを下向きに引いて浮きをより確実に防止できる利点がある。穴162aに代えて切り開き溝を設けても、同等の利点を享受できる。 The tape 155 can be pushed backward from the lower end of the front end of the seat front inner shell 16b, but in this case, the seat front inner shell 16b may be raised upward. In this regard, as in the present embodiment, when the tape 155 is passed backward from the hole 162a provided in the distal end portion 162a of the seat front outer shell 18b, the position where the seat front inner shell 16b is pulled can be made as high as possible. There is an advantage that the seat front inner shell 16b can be pulled downward to prevent the floating more reliably. Even if a slit groove is provided instead of the hole 162a, the same advantage can be obtained.
 本実施形態では、テープ155は左右に2本配置したが、例えば、左右の中間位置とその外側の3か所に配置することも可能である。或いは、広幅の帯条に形成した可撓性部材を左右中間部に1枚だけ配置するといったことも可能である。テープ155に代えて、紐やワイヤーを採用することも可能である。この場合は、左右の複数個所に配置したらよい。 In the present embodiment, the two tapes 155 are arranged on the left and right, but can be arranged, for example, on the middle position on the left and right and on the outer three sides. Alternatively, it is possible to arrange only one flexible member formed on a wide strip at the left and right intermediate portions. Instead of the tape 155, it is also possible to adopt a string or a wire. In this case, it may be arranged at a plurality of locations on the left and right.
 本実施形態では、座リアアウターシェル18cが座メインアウターシェル18aに対して 後傾したが、後傾式の座リアアウターシェル18cを備えてないタイプにも適用できる。また、座フロントインナーシェル16bを変形させる手段としては、薄肉薄化したり、左右横長の溝を前後に複数列形成するなど、様々の手段を採用できる。 In this embodiment, the seat rear outer shell 18c tilts backward with respect to the seat main outer shell 18a, but the present invention can also be applied to a type that does not include the rear tilt type seat rear outer shell 18c. Various means can be employed as means for deforming the seat front inner shell 16b, such as thinning and thinning, and forming a plurality of laterally elongated grooves in the front and rear.
 また、本実施形態では、座フロントアウターシェル18bで座フロントインナーシェル16bを支持したが、座受け部材12に前後動自在に装着されスライド部材で座フロントインナーシェル16bを支持することも可能である。また、テープや紐のような可撓性部材を使用した長さ調節機構は、背もたれにも適用できる。背もたれに適用する場合は、背アウターシェルを、固定背アウターシェルに背アッパーアウターシェルが上下動自在に装着された形態として、背アッパーアウターシェルにテープ等の可撓性部材の上端部を係止又は固定したらよい。 In the present embodiment, the seat front inner shell 16b is supported by the seat front outer shell 18b. However, the seat front inner shell 16b can be supported by a slide member that is mounted on the seat receiving member 12 so as to be movable back and forth. . Moreover, the length adjustment mechanism using a flexible member such as a tape or string can be applied to the backrest. When applied to the backrest, the back outer shell is fixed to the fixed back outer shell so that the back upper outer shell can be moved up and down, and the upper end of a flexible member such as tape is locked to the back upper outer shell. Or just fix it.
 (17). 座アウターシェルに対する座インナーシェルの取り付け構造
 座メインインナーシェル16aは座メインアウターシェル18aに固定されているが、この固定は、背もたれ3について説明したクリップ79を使用している。そこで、図22,23に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aの前後左右4個所に連結穴51を形成して、この連結穴51にクリップ79を裏側から嵌め込み装着している。また、座アウターシェル18の座メインアウターシェル18aには、クリップ79で挟持される突出板部802を形成している。
(17). Mounting structure of seat inner shell to seat outer shell The seat main inner shell 16a is fixed to the seat main outer shell 18a, and this fixing uses the clip 79 described for the backrest 3. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, connecting holes 51 are formed at four positions on the front and rear left and right sides of the seat main outer shell 18a, and clips 79 are fitted into the connecting holes 51 from the back side. Further, a projecting plate portion 802 that is clamped by a clip 79 is formed on the seat main outer shell 18 a of the seat outer shell 18.
 図24から明瞭に把握できるように、前部の連結穴191は左右横長の形態であり、後部の連結穴191は前後長手の形態である。このため、座インナーシェル16は、前後方向のずれと左右方向のずれとの両方に対して高い抵抗を発揮する。 As can be clearly seen from FIG. 24, the front connecting hole 191 has a horizontally long form, and the rear connecting hole 191 has a front and back long form. For this reason, the seat inner shell 16 exhibits a high resistance to both the forward and backward displacement and the lateral displacement.
 座インナーシェル16の座リアインナーシェル16cは、左右2か所の位置で座リアアウターシェル18cに連結されている。すなわち、図23(A)に示すように、座リアアウターシェル18cに左右一対のフック突起193を上向きに突設している一方、座リアインナーシェル16cには、図23(C)に拡大して示すように、フック突起193が嵌まる係合穴194を形成している。 The seat rear inner shell 16c of the seat inner shell 16 is connected to the seat rear outer shell 18c at two left and right positions. That is, as shown in FIG. 23 (A), a pair of left and right hook protrusions 193 are projected upward on the seat rear outer shell 18c, while the seat rear inner shell 16c is enlarged in FIG. 23 (C). As shown, an engagement hole 194 into which the hook protrusion 193 is fitted is formed.
 フック突起193は頭を有するT形である一方、係合穴194は、フック突起193が嵌脱し得る広幅部194aを有しており、広幅部194aにフック突起193を嵌め入れてから、座リアインナーシェル16cを手前にずらすと、座リアインナーシェル16cは、座リアアウターシェル18cに対して上向き離脱不能に保持される。 The hook projection 193 has a T-shape having a head, while the engagement hole 194 has a wide portion 194a into which the hook projection 193 can be fitted and removed. After the hook projection 193 is fitted into the wide portion 194a, the seat rear When the inner shell 16c is shifted to the front, the seat rear inner shell 16c is held so as not to be separated upward with respect to the seat rear outer shell 18c.
 そして、座2の取り付けに当たっては、まず座リアインナーシェル16cを座リアアウターシェル18cに取り付けてから、フック突起193を支点にして座メインインナーシェル16aを下向きに押さえると、予め座インナーシェル16に取り付けていたクリップ190が、座メインアウターシェル18aの突出板部191に嵌着する。座メインアウターシェル18aは、ビス止め等の他の手段で座受け部材12に固定してもよい。また、座受け部材12を備えていない場合は、ベースに直接固定してもよい。 When the seat 2 is attached, the seat rear inner shell 16c is first attached to the seat rear outer shell 18c, and then the seat main inner shell 16a is pressed downward with the hook protrusion 193 as a fulcrum, so that The attached clip 190 is fitted into the protruding plate portion 191 of the seat main outer shell 18a. The seat main outer shell 18a may be fixed to the seat receiving member 12 by other means such as screws. Further, when the seat receiving member 12 is not provided, it may be directly fixed to the base.
 例えば図22(A)に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aには、座メインインナーシェル16aを支持する台座突起195が複数個形成されている。台座突起195は、支持部174の後部にも設けている。このため、座フロントアウターシェル18bには、台座突起195との衝突を回避するための切り欠き196を形成している。 For example, as shown in FIG. 22A, the seat main outer shell 18a is formed with a plurality of base protrusions 195 that support the seat main inner shell 16a. The base protrusion 195 is also provided at the rear part of the support part 174. Therefore, the seat front outer shell 18b is formed with a notch 196 for avoiding a collision with the base protrusion 195.
 図19(B)に示すように、座メインアウターシェル18aの左側面からは、摘み197が角穴から露出している。摘み197は、座2の奥行き調節を行うレバー装置の一部である。図25(A)に符号197,198で示すように、座メインインナーシェル16aの左側面には、レバー装置を取り付けるための穴が空いている。レバー装置の説明は省略する。なお、図25(A)に示すように、座メインインナーシェル16aの右側面にも摘み199が見えるが、これは、座2の前後動操作を容易にするためのダミーの摘みである。 As shown in FIG. 19B, a knob 197 is exposed from the square hole from the left side surface of the seat main outer shell 18a. The knob 197 is a part of a lever device that adjusts the depth of the seat 2. As shown by reference numerals 197 and 198 in FIG. 25 (A), a hole for attaching the lever device is formed on the left side surface of the seat main inner shell 16a. The description of the lever device is omitted. As shown in FIG. 25A, a knob 199 can also be seen on the right side surface of the seat main inner shell 16a. This is a dummy knob for facilitating the forward / backward movement operation of the seat 2.
 (18).奥行き調節装置の意義
 椅子において、座の奥行きを調節するための方法として、座の前部を下方に巻き込み可能な変形許容部に構成することが行われている。その一例が特開2013-220180号公報に開示されている。
(18). Significance of Depth Adjustment Device In a chair, as a method for adjusting the depth of a seat, a front portion of the seat is configured as a deformable portion that can be wound downward. One example thereof is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-220180.
 すなわち、特開2013-220180号公報は本願出願人の出願であり、座インナーシェルが支持される座アウターシェルを、座受け部材に固定された固定アウターシェルと、この固定アウターシェルに前後スライド自在に装着されたスライドアウターシェルとを有する構成として、スライドアウターシェルの先端部に座インナーシェルの前端部を係止している。また、特許文献1の特徴として、スライドアウターシェルは前進しきった状態でも、左右の全幅に亙って固定アウターシェルに載っている。 That is, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-220180 is an application of the applicant of the present application, and a seat outer shell on which a seat inner shell is supported is fixed to a seat outer member, and a fixed outer shell is slidable back and forth on the stationary outer shell. The front end portion of the seat inner shell is locked to the distal end portion of the slide outer shell. Further, as a feature of Patent Document 1, the slide outer shell is placed on the fixed outer shell over the entire left and right widths even when the slide outer shell is fully advanced.
 特開2013-220180号公報では、スライドアウターシェルは前後動の全ストロークにおいて、左右全幅にわたって固定アウターシェルで支持されているため、座の安定性に優れている。このような利点により、実際に椅子に具体化して商品化しても高い信頼性を得られている。 In Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-220180, the slide outer shell is supported by the fixed outer shell over the entire left and right widths in the full stroke of the forward and backward movement, so that the seat stability is excellent. Due to such advantages, high reliability can be obtained even if it is actually embodied in a chair and commercialized.
 本実施形態は、このような現状を背景に成されたものであり、上記公報とは異なる視点に立ったインナーシェル(及びクッション材)の巻き込み構造を提供せんとするものである。 This embodiment is made against the background of such a current situation, and is intended to provide an inner shell (and cushion material) entrainment structure from a different viewpoint from the above publication.
 本実施形態における座の奥行き調節機構は、一般化して多彩な様相を呈することができる。例えば、座については、「座インナーシェルの表面に座クッション材を張っており、前記座インナーシェルの前部が、座クッション材と一緒に下方に巻き込み可能な変形許容部に形成されている椅子において、前記座インナーシェルにおける変形許容部の上面に、可撓性部材が、前記座インナーシェルの前部の下方に露出した操作部を有する状態で重ね配置されており、前記操作部を後ろに引っ張ると、前記可撓性部材を介して座インナーシェルが下方に巻き込まれるようになっている」と一般化できる。 The seat depth adjustment mechanism in this embodiment can be generalized to exhibit various aspects. For example, for a seat, “a chair in which a seat cushion material is stretched on the surface of the seat inner shell, and the front portion of the seat inner shell is formed into a deformation allowing portion that can be wound downward together with the seat cushion material. The flexible member is arranged in an overlapping manner on the upper surface of the deformation-permitting portion of the seat inner shell with the operation portion exposed below the front portion of the seat inner shell, with the operation portion behind When pulled, the seat inner shell is wound downward via the flexible member. "
 本実施形態を背もたれに適用した場合は、「背インナーシェルの表面に背クッション材を張っており、前記背インナーシェルの上部が、背クッション材と一緒に後ろに巻き込み可能な変形許容部に形成されている椅子において、前記背インナーシェルにおける変形許容部の前面に、可撓性部材が、前記背インナーシェルの上部の後ろに露出した操作部を有する状態で重ね配置されており、前記操作部を下方に引っ張ると、前記可撓性部材を介して背インナーシェルが後ろに巻き込まれる」という構成として一般化できる。 When this embodiment is applied to the backrest, “the back cushion material is stretched on the surface of the back inner shell, and the upper portion of the back inner shell is formed in a deformation allowing portion that can be wound back together with the back cushion material. In the chair, the flexible member is arranged on the front surface of the deformation allowing portion in the back inner shell in a state of having an operation portion exposed behind the upper portion of the back inner shell, and the operation portion Can be generalized as a configuration in which the back inner shell is wound back via the flexible member.
 可撓性部材は、例えば、紐やワイヤーのような線状の形態を採用することも可能である。また、相当の横幅を有する態様も採用できる。 For the flexible member, for example, a linear form such as a string or a wire can be adopted. Moreover, the aspect which has considerable horizontal width is also employable.
 上記の構成では、座や背もたれの巻き込みに際しては、インナーシェルの変形許容部は、可撓性部材で表面から押さえられた状態で曲がり変形する。このため、変形許容部を、全体にわたって均等に曲げることができる。従って、座の奥行きや背もたれの高さの寸法精度に優れていると共に、個体差も無くすことができる。また、変形許容部の浮き・膨れを防止できるため、座の奥行きを縮めたり背もたれの高さを低くした状態において、表面を美麗な状態に保持できる。 In the above configuration, when the seat or the backrest is involved, the deformation allowing portion of the inner shell is bent and deformed while being pressed from the surface by the flexible member. For this reason, a deformation | transformation permission part can be bent equally over the whole. Therefore, the dimensional accuracy of the seat depth and the height of the backrest is excellent, and individual differences can be eliminated. Further, since the deformation permitting portion can be prevented from floating and bulging, the surface can be maintained in a beautiful state in a state where the depth of the seat is reduced or the height of the backrest is reduced.
 また、座インナーシェルの前端を引くと、座インナーシェルの変形許容部の曲がり態様が一定しないことがあるが、実施形態のように、座インナーシェルのうち前端よりも後ろの部位を引くと、座インナーシェルに曲がりの支点を形成できるような状態になるため、座インナーシェルを美麗に巻き込むことができる利点がある。この点は、テープのような可撓性の部材で引かなくても発揮する効果である。 Further, when the front end of the seat inner shell is pulled, the bending mode of the deformation permissible portion of the seat inner shell may not be constant, but as in the embodiment, when the portion behind the front end is pulled out of the seat inner shell, Since the bending fulcrum can be formed in the seat inner shell, there is an advantage that the seat inner shell can be beautifully wound. This point is an effect that is exhibited without being pulled by a flexible member such as a tape.
 実施形態のようにテープ状の可撓性部材を採用すると、インナーシェルの変形許容部に可撓性部材が重なる面積を小さくできるため、インナーシェルとクッション材との密着性や接着性を高めることができる。特に、クッション材をインナーシェルにインサート成形によって接着した場合、高い接着力を確保できるため、特に有益である。また、可撓性部材がテープ状であると、引っ張りの構造も簡単にできる(すなわち、引っ張る部材への取り付けを容易に行える。)。 Adopting a tape-like flexible member as in the embodiment can reduce the area where the flexible member overlaps the deformation-allowing portion of the inner shell, thereby improving the adhesion and adhesion between the inner shell and the cushioning material. Can do. In particular, when the cushion material is bonded to the inner shell by insert molding, a high adhesive force can be secured, which is particularly beneficial. Further, if the flexible member is in the form of a tape, the pulling structure can be simplified (that is, it can be easily attached to the pulling member).
 本願発明は、椅子に具体化できる。従って、産業上利用できる。 The present invention can be embodied in a chair. Therefore, it can be used industrially.
  2 座
  3 背もたれ
  9 固定ベース
 10 傾動ベース
 11 支軸(ロッキング支点)
 13 背支持フレーム
 13a 背支柱
 16 座インナーシェル
 17 座クッション材
 23 背アウターシェル
 23a~23f 背アウターシェルを構成するエレメント
 24 背クッション材
 24a~24f 背クッション材を構成するエレメント
 30 背クッション材のエレメントを区画する溝
 41 弾性ストッパー
 42 背インナー枠
 43 周枠部
 44 横長ジョイント部
 45 額状部
 55 バンドヒンジ
 46 ヒンジ部
 96 座クッション材のエレメントを区画する溝
2 seats 3 backrest 9 fixed base 10 tilting base 11 pivot (locking fulcrum)
13 Back support frame 13a Back support 16 Seat inner shell 17 Seat cushion material 23 Back outer shell 23a to 23f Elements constituting the back outer shell 24 Back cushion materials 24a to 24f Elements constituting the back cushion material 30 Elements of the back cushion material Dividing groove 41 Elastic stopper 42 Back inner frame 43 Peripheral frame portion 44 Horizontal joint portion 45 Frame portion 55 Band hinge 46 Hinge portion 96 Groove that divides the elements of the seat cushion material

Claims (14)

  1.  ロッキング可能な背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、前記サイドエリアはセンターエリアに対して相対的に前後方向に屈曲可能な構成であって、
     前記背もたれに着座者の荷重が全くかかっていない状態をニュートラル状態として、
     着座者の腰部だけがセンターエリアに当たる執務状態では、前記左右のサイドエリアは前記ニュートラルから着座者を包む方向に屈曲し、
     着座者が背中をセンターエリアに当てて背もたれがロッキングすると、前記左右のサイドエリアは、前記ニュートラル状態を基準にして着座者から離れる方向に屈曲する、
    という動きを成すように設定されている、
    椅子。
    A lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on both the left and right sides of the center area, the side area being relative to the center area And can be bent in the longitudinal direction.
    A state in which the seater's load is not applied to the backrest at all is a neutral state,
    In the working state where only the lumbar part of the seated person hits the center area, the left and right side areas bend in the direction of wrapping the seated person from the neutral,
    When the seat occupant puts his back against the center area and the backrest locks, the left and right side areas bend in a direction away from the seat occupant based on the neutral state.
    Is set to make a movement,
    Chair.
  2.  前記センターエリアは、着座者の腰部を境にして上に位置した中段センターエレメントと、前記中段センターエレメントの下に位置した下段センターエレメントとを有しており、中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとにより、着座者の腰部に向いて山形の形態が構成されていて、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとは夾角が変化するように相対回動可能であり、
     前記ニュートラル状態から執務状態へ移行すると、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとが着座者の腰部で押されて両者の成す夾角が大きくなることに連動して、前記サイドエリアが着座者を包む方向に屈曲するように設定されている、
    請求項1に記載した椅子。
    The center area has a middle center element located above the waist of the seated person and a lower center element located below the middle center element, and the middle center element and the lower center element The shape of the mountain is configured toward the seated person's waist, and the middle center element and the lower center element are relatively rotatable so that the depression angle changes,
    When shifting from the neutral state to the office state, the side area wraps around the seated person in conjunction with the depression of the middle center element and the lower center element being pushed by the waist of the seated person to increase the depression angle formed by them. Set to bend,
    The chair according to claim 1.
  3.  前記センターエリアは、着座者の腰部を境にして上に位置した中段センターエレメントと、前記中段センターエレメントの下に位置した下段センターエレメントとを有しており、中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとにより、着座者の腰部に向いて山形の形態が構成されていて、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとは夾角が変化するように相対回動可能であり、
     ロッキング状態に、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が小さくなることに連動して、前記サイドエリアが着座者から離れる方向に広がり変形するように設定されている、
    請求項1に記載した椅子。
    The center area has a middle center element located above the waist of the seated person and a lower center element located below the middle center element, and the middle center element and the lower center element The shape of the mountain is configured toward the seated person's waist, and the middle center element and the lower center element are relatively rotatable so that the depression angle changes,
    In the locking state, the side area is set to expand and deform in a direction away from the seated person in conjunction with a decrease in the depression angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element,
    The chair according to claim 1.
  4.  前記背もたれは、着座者の腰部よりも上に位置した部分を回動支点にして前後方向に回動し得るように背支柱に連結されており、前記背もたれのうち回動支点よりも下の部分と前記背支柱との間に、前記背もたれと背支柱との相対的な角度の変化によって弾性変形する弾性体を配置しており、
     前記ニュートラル状態では、前記弾性体が殆ど又は全く変形しない基準状態になっていることによって前記背もたれのニュートラル状態が保持されており、
     背もたれがニュートラル状態から執務状態に移行すると、前記弾性体が基準状態から一方方向に変形し、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が大きくなり、これに連動して前記各サイドエリアがセンターエレメントとの夾角を小さくするように屈曲するものである一方、
     ロッキング状態で着座者の体圧が前記回動支点よりも上の部位に強くかかると、前記弾性体が前記基準状態から他方方向に変形し、かつ、前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとの成す夾角が小さくなり、これに連動して前記各サイドエリアがセンターエレメントとの夾角を大きくするように屈曲する構成である、
    請求項2又は3に記載した椅子。
    The backrest is connected to a back column so as to be able to rotate in the front-rear direction with a portion positioned above the waist of the seated person as a rotation fulcrum, and a portion of the backrest below the rotation fulcrum An elastic body that is elastically deformed by a change in the relative angle between the backrest and the back column is disposed between the back column and the back column,
    In the neutral state, the neutral state of the backrest is maintained by being in a reference state in which the elastic body is hardly or not deformed.
    When the backrest shifts from the neutral state to the working state, the elastic body is deformed in one direction from the reference state, and the included angle formed by the middle center element and the lower center element is increased, and each side is interlocked with this. While the area bends to reduce the included angle with the center element,
    If the body pressure of the seated person is strongly applied to the portion above the pivot point in the locked state, the elastic body is deformed in the other direction from the reference state, and the middle center element and the lower center element are formed. The depression angle is reduced, and in conjunction with this, each side area is bent to increase the depression angle with the center element.
    The chair according to claim 2 or 3.
  5.  前記弾性体の変形は、伸縮変形と曲がり変形とが複合した変形を含んでいる、
    請求項4に記載した椅子。
    The deformation of the elastic body includes a deformation in which expansion / contraction deformation and bending deformation are combined,
    The chair according to claim 4.
  6.  ロッキング可能な背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、
     前記センターエリアは、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のセンターエレメントから成っている一方、
     前記サイドエリアは、前記センターエリアのエレメントに対応して、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のサイドエレメントから成っており、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、前記センターエリアに対して屈曲可能に繋がっていると共に、上下に隣り合ったエレメントの相互間も屈曲可能に繋がっている構成であって、
     着座者のもたれかりによって背もたれがロッキングすると、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、着座者から離れてセンターエリアのエレメントとの夾角を広げるように屈曲する、
    椅子。
    The lockable backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area,
    While the center area is composed of a plurality of center elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view,
    The side area is composed of a plurality of side elements that are vertically connected in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements of the center area, and each element of the side area is in relation to the center area. In addition to being connected to bendable, the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are also connected to bendable,
    When the backrest is locked by the seated person's backrest, each element in the side area bends away from the seated person so as to widen the depression angle with the element in the center area.
    Chair.
  7.  前記センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ中段エレメントと上段エレメントと下段エレメントとの3段のエレメントから成っており、
     中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとを側面視で前向き凸の姿勢に配置ことにより、着座者の腰椎部分を支持する突部が形成されており、
     前記中段センターエレメントと下段センターエレメントとは相対的に屈曲可能であり、中段センターエレメントは上段センターエレメントとは屈曲不能に保持されている、
    請求項1又6に記載した椅子。
    The center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element,
    By arranging the middle center element and the lower center element in a forward convex posture in a side view, a protrusion that supports the lumbar portion of the seated person is formed,
    The middle center element and the lower center element are relatively bendable, and the middle center element is held in an inflexible manner with the upper center element,
    The chair according to claim 1 or 6.
  8.  背もたれが、正面視で左右方向の中間部に位置したセンターエリアと、前記センターエリアの左右両側に配置されたサイドエリアとを有しており、
     前記センターエリアは、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のエレメントから成っている一方、
     前記サイドエリアは、前記センターエリアのエレメントに対応して、側面視で屈曲した姿勢で上下に繋がった複数段のエレメントから成っており、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、前記センターエリアに対して屈曲可能に繋がっていると共に、上下に隣り合ったエレメントの相互間も屈曲可能に繋がっており、
     着座者の動きにより、前記サイドエリアの各エレメントは、着座者を包み込む方向に姿勢が変化するか、又は、着座者から離れる方向に姿勢が変化する構成であって、
     前記センターエリアを構成する複数のエレメントのうち着座者の腰部よりも上に位置して上下に隣り合った少なくとも2つのエレメントが、相対的に屈曲しない非屈曲エレメントになっている一方、前記サイドエリアのエレメントは、前記非屈曲エレメントに対して屈曲可能に繋がっている、
    椅子。
    The backrest has a center area located in the middle in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and side areas arranged on the left and right sides of the center area,
    While the center area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction with a bent posture in side view,
    The side area is composed of a plurality of elements connected in the vertical direction in a bent posture in a side view corresponding to the elements in the center area, and each element in the side area is bent with respect to the center area. Are connected to each other, and the elements adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are connected to each other so that they can be bent.
    According to the movement of the seated person, each element of the side area has a configuration in which the posture changes in the direction of wrapping the seated person, or the posture changes in the direction away from the seated person,
    Among the plurality of elements constituting the center area, at least two elements that are located above the waist of the seated person and are adjacent to each other in the vertical direction are non-bent elements that do not bend relatively. The element is connected to the non-bending element so that it can be bent.
    Chair.
  9.  前記センターエリアとサイドエリアとは、それぞれ中段エレメントと上段エレメントと下段エレメントとの3段のエレメントから成っており、
     前記センターエリアの中段エレメントと下段エレメントとを側面視で前向き凸の姿勢に繋ぐことにより、着座の腰椎部分を支持するランバーサポート部が形成されており、
     前記センターエリアの中段エレメントと下段エレメントとは屈曲可能であり、中段エレメントと上段エレメントとは屈曲不能に連続している、
    請求項8に記載した椅子。
    The center area and the side area are each composed of a three-stage element including a middle element, an upper element, and a lower element,
    A lumbar support part that supports the lumbar part of the seating is formed by connecting the middle element and the lower element of the center area to a forwardly convex posture in a side view,
    The middle element and the lower element of the center area are bendable, and the middle element and the upper element are continuous so that they cannot be bent.
    The chair according to claim 8.
  10.  前記背もたれは、その表面全体に広がるクッション材を備えており、前記クッション材のうち隣り合ったエレメントの境界部は溝で区画されており、前記各エレメントの表面は平坦状になっている、
    請求項1、6,8のうちのいずれかに記載した椅子。
    The backrest is provided with a cushion material that spreads over the entire surface thereof, the boundary portions of adjacent elements of the cushion material are partitioned by grooves, and the surface of each element is flat.
    The chair according to any one of claims 1, 6, and 8.
  11.  座は、その上面全体に広がる座クッション材を有しており、前記クッション材に、当該クッション材を左右方向と前後方向とに両方向において複数のエレメントに区画する複数本の溝が形成されており、かつ、
     前記背クッション材におけるエレメントのパターンと座クッション材におけるエレメントとが対称に近い形態になっている、
    請求項10に記載した椅子。
    The seat has a seat cushion material that extends over the entire upper surface, and the cushion material is formed with a plurality of grooves that divide the cushion material into a plurality of elements in both the left-right direction and the front-rear direction. ,And,
    The pattern of the element in the back cushion material and the element in the seat cushion material are in a form close to symmetry,
    The chair according to claim 10.
  12.  前記背クッション材の表面には表皮材が張られており、前記表皮材をインサート成形によって背クッション材に一体に固着することにより、表皮材が前記溝の内部に入り込むと共に全体として張った状態で背クッション材に接着されている、
    請求項10に記載した椅子。
    A skin material is stretched on the surface of the back cushion material, and by fixing the skin material integrally to the back cushion material by insert molding, the skin material enters the inside of the groove and is stretched as a whole. Bonded to back cushion material,
    The chair according to claim 10.
  13.  前記背もたれは、その背面を構成する背アウターシェルと前面を構成する背クッション材とを備えており、前記背アウターシェルの背面には、前記背クッション材の溝と前後対称状に溝が形成されている、
    請求項10に記載した椅子。
    The backrest includes a back outer shell constituting the back surface and a back cushion material constituting the front surface, and a groove is formed on the back surface of the back outer shell symmetrically with the groove of the back cushion material. ing,
    The chair according to claim 10.
  14.  前記溝は、開口縁の間隔よりも底部の間隔が狭くなっている断面略V形又は略U形若しくは略台形であって、前記背クッション材の厚さ寸法の半分程度かそれに近い深さ寸法に設定されている、
    請求項10に記載した椅子。
    The groove has a substantially V-shaped, substantially U-shaped or substantially trapezoidal cross-section in which the distance between the bottoms is narrower than the distance between the opening edges, and the depth dimension is about half the thickness dimension of the back cushion material. Set to
    The chair according to claim 10.
PCT/JP2016/083284 2015-11-09 2016-11-09 Chair WO2017082316A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-219087 2015-11-09
JP2015219087A JP6817694B2 (en) 2015-11-09 2015-11-09 Chair

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017082316A1 true WO2017082316A1 (en) 2017-05-18

Family

ID=58695448

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/083284 WO2017082316A1 (en) 2015-11-09 2016-11-09 Chair

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6817694B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2017082316A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110192741A (en) * 2019-05-30 2019-09-03 浙江安吉美佳琪家居用品有限公司 Mattress processing technology for simmons production
US11109683B2 (en) 2019-02-21 2021-09-07 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and method for the use and assembly thereof
DE102020134209B3 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-02-10 Grammer Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle seat with a backrest
DE102020134186B3 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-03-24 Grammer Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle seat with a backrest
US11357329B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2022-06-14 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019162227A (en) * 2018-03-19 2019-09-26 有限会社Opti Backrest of chair
JP6793414B1 (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-12-02 プラス株式会社 Chair

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0795913A (en) * 1993-09-30 1995-04-11 Itoki Crebio Corp Chair with backrest
JPH1157250A (en) * 1997-08-25 1999-03-02 Araco Corp Vehicle seat and its manufacture
JP2000287782A (en) * 1998-07-09 2000-10-17 Okamura Corp Chair
JP2007289779A (en) * 1998-07-09 2007-11-08 Okamura Corp Chair
JP2015519111A (en) * 2012-05-04 2015-07-09 株式会社イトーキ Chairs, especially office chairs

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4803667B2 (en) * 2006-07-07 2011-10-26 株式会社イトーキ Chair
JP5026783B2 (en) * 2006-08-30 2012-09-19 株式会社イトーキ Chair
JP5646725B2 (en) * 2013-12-26 2014-12-24 株式会社イトーキ Rocking chair
JP6080902B2 (en) * 2015-06-12 2017-02-15 株式会社イトーキ Chair with backrest

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0795913A (en) * 1993-09-30 1995-04-11 Itoki Crebio Corp Chair with backrest
JPH1157250A (en) * 1997-08-25 1999-03-02 Araco Corp Vehicle seat and its manufacture
JP2000287782A (en) * 1998-07-09 2000-10-17 Okamura Corp Chair
JP2007289779A (en) * 1998-07-09 2007-11-08 Okamura Corp Chair
JP2015519111A (en) * 2012-05-04 2015-07-09 株式会社イトーキ Chairs, especially office chairs

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11109683B2 (en) 2019-02-21 2021-09-07 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and method for the use and assembly thereof
US11602223B2 (en) 2019-02-21 2023-03-14 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof
US11910934B2 (en) 2019-02-21 2024-02-27 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof
CN110192741A (en) * 2019-05-30 2019-09-03 浙江安吉美佳琪家居用品有限公司 Mattress processing technology for simmons production
US11357329B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2022-06-14 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof
US11786039B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2023-10-17 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof
US11805913B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2023-11-07 Steelcase Inc. Body support assembly and methods for the use and assembly thereof
DE102020134209B3 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-02-10 Grammer Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle seat with a backrest
DE102020134186B3 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-03-24 Grammer Aktiengesellschaft Vehicle seat with a backrest
CN114643915A (en) * 2020-12-18 2022-06-21 格拉默公司 Vehicle seat with backrest
CN114643915B (en) * 2020-12-18 2024-01-12 格拉默公司 Vehicle seat with backrest

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6817694B2 (en) 2021-01-20
JP2017086372A (en) 2017-05-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017082316A1 (en) Chair
JP6803139B2 (en) Chair
JP6572266B2 (en) Chair
JP5013969B2 (en) Rocking chair
US11819139B2 (en) Compliant backrest
US10813463B2 (en) Compliant backrest
JP2005152087A (en) Chair and backrest thereof
WO2021025007A1 (en) Cushion body for sitting
KR101733982B1 (en) Chair including lumbar support
JP5763918B2 (en) Chair
JP6997502B2 (en) Chair back
EP3720316B1 (en) Compliant backrest
JP6770306B2 (en) Body support of the chair
JP7023084B2 (en) Chair
JP4800633B2 (en) Chair
JP6140419B2 (en) Lumber support and chair
KR200476283Y1 (en) Folding type sofa
JP6990561B2 (en) Chair
JP2012143634A (en) Human body support plate and chair
JP5779021B2 (en) Chair and its seat
JP2017086376A (en) Chair
JP5373342B2 (en) Rocking chair
WO2015118575A1 (en) Torso support cushion
JP7015146B2 (en) Chair
JP6670069B2 (en) Chair

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16864277

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16864277

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1